Tumgik
#and i shouldn’t be i should be happy for her graduating but i can’t help it
tiredfox64 · 7 days
Text
Too Late? You’re Still Young!
Prior notes: DILFS! I LOVE THEM! I LITERALLY HAVE A I ❤️ DILFS SHIRT! YOU KNOW WHAT ELSE I LOVE? CONSENT! WE 👏 LOVE 👏 CONSENT👏!
Pairing: Johnny Cage (MK11) x Virgin! Afab reader
Warnings ‼️: NSFW, fingering, praising, nipple play, safe sex is sweeter, mating press, aftercare (is freaking important)
Tumblr media
So you spent all of high school and all of college with you virginity in tact. Impressive, but it wasn’t your choice. With a sheltered home life like yours you struggled to understand the dating scene. You were too afraid to have a boyfriend since you worried you would get in trouble with your family. You never had the talk before but your hormones were a big indicator that you were missing some important information about your body. You somewhat found the solution when you placed a pillow between your legs and it felt incredible good to you.
Through Sex Ed class and word around school you figured out what you were in need of. But to get it seemed so difficult. At least now you knew your fingers were a good option.
That frustration grew in you and you couldn’t voice it out. Even telling it to your best friend Cassie felt wrong. You’re almost graduating and you still have your v card! You can’t do this anymore. Maybe it’s time to ask Cassie for advice. Even if she can’t help you maybe one of her friends can. Two of them are engaged to each other you doubt they are waiting till after marriage. Heaven knows you can’t.
══💤══╡°˖✧🦊✧˖°╞══💤══
You went over to Johnny’s mansion since you remembered Cassie was staying with him for a bit. You knocked on the door and waited patiently with an anxious look on your face. It was Johnny who opened the door.
“Hey! I haven’t seen you in a while,” He paused for a second, “Woah, what’s up with that face?”
“Hi, Mr. Cage. Is Cassie here right now?” You asked sheepishly.
“Nope, sorry. She just went out with Jacqui. But you should still come in. I’ll get you something to drink.” He invited you in.
You went inside, taking your shoes off at the entrance like a decent human being. You followed Johnny into the kitchen where you sat at the island. He gave you a glass of water which you thanked him for before he started talking.
“So what’s going on? You don’t seem to happy. Let me guess, a professor gave you a bad grade.”
He knows you too well. That could be true but not at this moment. You did smile though which is the reaction he wanted.
“No actually, it’s more of a…body issue.” You tried your best to explain it without saying it out loud.
“Ah, shark week I’m guessing? That’s why you need Cassie.”
“No! No! It’s another kind of issue that I have a hard time saying.” Your voice grew quieter the more you spoke.
Johnny stayed patient. He waited to see if you would say it yourself. You were being vague so he really didn’t understand what was going on. You sighed before continuing.
“The thing is I’m still a virgin. It’s really embarrassing. I feel so frustrated knowing that my body needs something but I either don’t know what it is or I can’t get it.” Now he understands.
He stayed silent for a bit as he thinks about what you said. He would say it’s no big deal but he’s a man with a high body count so he shouldn’t be talking. Still, he doesn’t want you feeling bad about it.
“Cassie did tell me you were a bit sheltered. But I don’t see why it’s a problem. You’re a nice and intelligent girl and I would hate for some dick to take your virginity as if it was nothing.”
“Everybody says that to me! I know what I am and I understand I need a good man to do it with. But how will I know what is considered a good man if no one tells me.” You were really expressing your frustration.
You had a point and Johnny could see that. You were at risk of being misguided. Everyone is at risk of that no matter what but you had a disadvantage. He had an idea that might work out but it seemed so stupid. Hormonal stupid. He’s been deprived for a while now and getting the chance to have some fun is really tempting right now. But he doesn’t want to take advantage of your situation. It won’t hurt to ask.
“Alright listen, how about you and me…do it. I’ll show you how it goes and what a man should be doing to you. It’s up to you. I won’t force you to do anything.” He said calmly.
You froze up and your cheeks started to feel warm. You were surprised he would suggest something like that even though you knew of his flirting habits. Was it a good idea however? He is your friend’s dad and he is way older than you. You can’t deny though that he is still good looking for his age. Older does mean more experience, right? He’s been so nice to you too so you can trust that he’s a good man. Screw it, he’s the best option!
“You wouldn’t mind doing that? I mean I do feel comfortable with you, especially since I don’t have any guy friends.”
“Of course, but only this one time. Promise me you won’t tell Cassie, right? I get it she’s your best friend and best friends tell each other everything and whatnot. But she is still my daughter and I doubt she will be happy that I banged one of her best friends.”
“I promise. She will never find out.” Better make sure of that.
He nodded before taking your hand and guiding you up the stairs. It was exciting yet nerve racking. Johnny could sensed that and squeezed your hand to tell you it’s gonna be alright. He’s gonna take good care of you.
You two walked into his bedroom. His bed was large and comfortable which helped settle your nerves. He brought you over to the bed and had you sit next to him. He may be an expert in this but he has never really dealt with a girl who was so nervous before. He better take this real slow and talk you through it.
“Alright, first things first, a man should never go right into it. Foreplay is very important. It will help make the experience better for you and prevent you from getting hurt down there.” He instructed.
You had no idea what foreplay was but you trusted Johnny enough to not asking him about it. You were right to do so since all he did at first was kiss your neck. Already that was a lot for you. Each kiss felt like a little tingle that shot down between your legs.
Johnny’s hand was slowly tracing down your body till he got to the waistband of your pants. Your breathing hitched which alerted him you were getting nervous again.
“Shh, it’s okay. Remember I’m taking it slow. I won’t hurt you.” He whispered against your neck.
You relaxed a little as his hand slipped under. His fingers lightly touched your clit and you whimpered immediately. It felt way different than when you would do it to yourself. This is way better, probably cause you are receiving it from someone else. Johnny wanted to see how you were a little more down and was surprised at how wet you already were. He could easily slip his fingers in if he wanted to.
“Damn, you’re really wet. I’ve never had a girl get this excited so quickly.” He commented.
You were embarrassed by that. Barely touched and you are soaking wet down there. You turned your head away from Johnny to prevent any further embarrassment. He just chuckled lightly at your reaction.
“It’s not a bad thing. It makes it easier. You’re doing good.”
One of his fingers slipped into your pussy with ease. You gasped in surprise and pleasure. You never fingered yourself since you never felt anything from it. But you sure felt it now. That one finger slowly pumped inside you as his thumb rubbed your clit. You were keeping yourself together which was good. Johnny felt like you could take a little more.
“You think you can take another one?”
You nodded your head confidently. You wanted more anyways. Your body was in need of it. Now having both his ring and middle finger in you was like heaven. He went a little faster while his thumb kept rubbing your clit.
Your whimpers to turned to quiet, breathy moans. Now it felt too good. Without thinking you were trying to close your legs. You don’t know why you do it you just know you don’t want to make it hard for Johnny.
“Gotta keep your legs open for me. I promise it will be better for you if you do.”
You listened and tried your best to keep your legs open, spreading them wider than before. That should do it.
“That’s it, good girl.” He whispered.
Immediately you had a reaction. Your heart did flips and you felt warmth in your stomach. Johnny caught on when he felt your pussy clench against his fingers. Not surprising considering you always did seem excited by praise no matter what. He’ll keep that in mind when he fucks you in just a moment.
Your body grew hotter the longer this went on. It didn’t help that Johnny was so close to you. So close that his other hand went to the small of your back to support you. You didn’t know what to do with your hands so you were left clenching the bed sheets. Suddenly he asked you a very important question.
“Wait, now that I’m thinking about it, have you even had your first kiss?”
Nope, you didn’t even get that. You nodded no.
“Well I must look like a jerk. What kind of man am I,” He said comedically, “Let me help you with that as well.”
This must be some sort of dream. A dirty one at best. A dream where you are kissing your best friend’s hot dad as he fingers you. Even if you weren’t the best at kissing, Johnny was making it work. Thank goodness your lips were soft cause you’d be embarrassed if they weren’t.
This was all enough to send you over the edge. It really didn’t take much effort since you were so deprived. Your eyes were shut tight as you felt pleasure pulse through your body. You were moan against Johnny’s lips. He felt your pussy clench his fingers which was enough evidence to show he just made you cum. Damn, in three minutes? That’s a new record. To him that was impressive and boosted his already high ego. You were embarrassed, thinking that cumming too early was a bad thing. It’s only bad when it’s guys, you’re fine.
“I’m sorry. I thought I would last longer.” You apologized.
“There’s no need to apologize. It just means we can get to the really fun part now. Take your clothes and get comfortable on the bed.” He instructed.
Johnny gave you a quick kiss on the cheek before slipping his hand out from your pants. He wanted to make sure you were still comfortable. There was no need to feel embarrassed around him. The important thing is if you’re comfortable and still okay with this.
You took your time when taking your clothes off. Obviously you never stripped down in front of a man. Even when you would go to the pool you were nervous to take your shirt off. This was a big leap but you felt like you could do this. Deep breathes and take your time.
While you did that, Johnny went over to his bedside table to grab a condom. You could see how prepared this man is when you saw the long line of condoms he had. It’s been a while for him, they’re still good.
When you took all your clothes off you were quick to get on the bed and cover yourself with the blankets. He doesn’t mind he understands. He started to strip his clothes off and oh…wow.
You don’t care what anybody says he is like fine wine. He looks like he’s still in his prime. You couldn’t deny you felt yourself get wetter and you pressed your thighs together to alleviate the pressure down there. Then he took his pants off. Girl, you’re in trouble but a good kind of trouble.
You’re not mathematician or scientist but you can definitely say he was bigger than average. Was it supposed to be that thick? He saw how wide your eyes were and decided to tilt your head up so you could look at him instead.
“You should probably keep your eyes on me for now. Might scare you if you look down there for too long.” He’s not wrong but he sounds arrogant saying that.
He got on the bed and slowly pulled the blankets off you. You were still being shy which is fine. There is no need to rush into this he will make sure you are comfortable with going ahead. Plus, he’s gotta comment on those tits.
“You have a nice pair on you. Do you mind?” He was asking for your permission to play with them.
You nodded and he went in slowly. You felt his hands cup your breasts gently. His thumb rubbed against your soft skin. You were surprised by how calming it felt. Sure you were even more turned on but you also felt less nervous. Johnny came in closer and started to leave kisses all over them. At first it was gentle but then he decided he wanted to leave hickeys on them. Nothing too big but they were the perfect spot since no one will see them. It was definitely a new feeling but when you saw the marks he left on you, you knew you liked it.
You know what else you liked? When his tongue ran over your nipple. It surprised you but you soon relaxed again to the feeling. He sucked on your nipple gently, not wanting to overstimulate you just yet. His other hand went to pinch your other nipple which excited you more. Once again it was another situation where it felt better when someone else did it instead of you. With all this combined you started to grow needy. There was no sense of embarrassment or nervousness anymore, only this need to be fucked. You started to whine which let Johnny know you were ready.
“Alright, alright, I get you. Just give me a second, babe.”
It didn’t take long for Johnny to put the condom on, what a manwhore. He angled himself before holding your hand. It was for support.
“Just tell me if you need me to stop, okay?”
Then he started to push into your wet pussy. The feeling of being stretched out for the first time was deliciously painful. It’s not what you expected. You expected to be screaming and for a bunch of blood to come out. Nope, not at all. Inch by inch he slowly pushed himself inside of you till he was fully in. He didn’t start thrusting immediately since he knew you had to adjust.
“You okay?” He asked.
“I’m more than okay.”
“That’s good. You’re doing so good. So good for me.” Johnny started to give you kisses on your face which you appreciated.
After a few moments he started slowly thrusting into you. Your hand squeezed his but you never told him to stop. The pain slowly turned into pleasure. Finally, the pleasure of being fucked. Each thrust was another wave of pleasure through you. It was confusing at first, like your mind couldn’t comprehend something this good. Your body could.
Johnny started picking up the pace when no sign of pain was present in your face. You stopped having control over your moans. You weren’t being loud like a porn star. It was more like you couldn’t fake it even if you tried.
Damn, that’s what I sound like?
He didn’t want to push it too far but he was so tempted to pound into you. It’s been so long and you honestly felt amazing. He loved looking down at you and watching your breasts jiggle every time he thrusted in. You squeezed so nicely around his cock. He was trying to hold himself back from getting rough and you could see that. You wouldn’t push your lucky but your body says otherwise. Hormones are crazy like that, they will yell at you to do anything to get the pleasure you need. Your arms wrapped around his neck and your legs around his waist. You looked into his eyes and you said something that seemed so out of character for you but was what you truly wanted.
“Please go harder.” You begged.
“Fuck, are you sure?” Trust me, Johnny wanted to but he was still worried about hurting you.
You whined and wrapped your legs even tighter around his waist which let him know you weren’t playing.
“Alright, I get it. Never would have expected you to be so needy.” He teased.
He’ll do you one better. How about a new position? Nothing crazy but you will like it. He grabbed your thighs and pushed your legs back before putting you into a mating press. And you thought he was already deep enough. Good thing you are surprisingly flexible.
You really do need to keep your legs open more. It felt amazing to you when Johnny started pounding into your pussy. This position made it easier to hit that sweet spot inside you which you didn’t even know about.
You could hear a wet, squishing sound coming from down there every time he pulled in and out. Not only that but there was also the sound of skin slapping every time he rammed into you. It turned you on even more. You know why? Cause that’s the sound of being fucked, honey!
Johnny had a nice view in front of him. Listening to you moan for him as he continues to fuck you. You make him feel young again. He still has it in him. The energy to have fun with a girl and make her moan. Fuck, he is so glad he is doing this now.
You would be thinking the same but all you could focus on was how big he was and how all of that was slamming into you. At this point why hide any of your moans. No one is around and this is your first time. You should have as much freedom as you want. Get the full experience. You were keeping your eyes closed out of embarrassment but that won’t last for long.
“Come on, open those pretty eyes for me. Can you do that just for me, gorgeous?” Johnny whispered to you.
When he says it like that how can you deny. You slowly opened your eyes to look up at him. Sure you were still embarrassed but you realize that it was just hotter this way. The connecting that the eyes make. You’ve never seen a man look at you in such a way. A look that makes you feel desirable. There might even be some affection behind it. Because Johnny does care for you. Even if this is a one time thing he wants you to have the best experience and walk away with no regrets. It’s working for you.
It was all so much. The sounds, the feelings, the connection, the intimacy is all getting to you. Your nails started scraping against his back lightly. Your toes curled and your legs shook a little. Your eyes almost rolled back and your moans grew louder. You were about to cum and Johnny could see that.
“You’re gonna cum? You wanna cum, pretty girl? Go ahead. Just keep looking at me.” He commanded.
You kept looking at Johnny as he slammed into your sweet spot again. This orgasm was better than the last one. It felt like a heat radiated through your body. All your worries came undone just like you. Like a knot just unraveling in your stomach. You looked at Johnny with half-lidded eyes as you let out breathy moans. Damn, he could have came right there on the spot but he was holding himself together.
“Bet that felt good, didn’t it.” He teased before leaving some kisses on your face.
You knew Johnny would feel like a king after making you cum twice. He’s cocky like that. Ah, but you forgot. He hasn’t cum yet.
“You think you can go a little longer for me, baby? Just a little longer.” He asked to keep going so he can cum.
He didn’t wanna overstimulate you during your first time but it’s your call. You’re a trooper, you can go a little longer even though you are incredibly sensitive down there now. You nodded which made him smile.
He stopped pressing down on you which was a relief for your legs. He still kept them open. He started thrusting into you again, not as rough as when he had you in a mating press but it still felt great. He watched as his cock went in and out of your pussy. Your wetness coated the condom and it still made a wet sound. Oh how he wished he could just take it off and fuck you raw. Fell how warm you are and cum into that sweet pussy of yours. But that’s a stupid idea. One that young Johnny would make and he’s a better man than that. Still won’t stop him from thinking about it.
And that view of you, mwah! Watching your legs shake slightly from being overstimulated. Your hands gripping the sheets around you. Your breasts kept jiggling no matter how hard he pounded into you. He can see your eyes grow wet as you handle the sensations. All that combined with his little fantasy of cumming inside you sent him over the edge. One more thrust in and he was cursing softly as his cum filled the condom.
You both were left panting after that wonderful experience. Johnny pulled out and went to dispose of the condom. Damn there was a lot in there.
You were pretty exhausted but happy nonetheless. You don’t really know what you are supposed to do after. If you’re supposed to just put your clothes on and walk off as if what happened didn’t happen. That’s not how this goes. Not with Johnny.
He came back to you with a bottle of water in his hand. He went next to you and helped you sit up, placing his other hand on your back.
“You’re probably really exhausted after that. Here, drink this.” You gladly accepted the bottle of water, not even realizing how parched you were.
“So, what now? Do I just leave?” You asked which just proved to Johnny that it was best that he did it with you first.
“If a man ever told you to leave right after he’s an asshole. Don’t ever let a man do that to you. Come here.” Johnny pulled you close to him and made you lay down.
Your head laid on his chest which his arm was wrapped around you. He pulled the blankets over you to make sure you were comfy. His fingers ran through your hair which soothed you even more. This was incredibly nice. You didn’t realize how tired you were till he put you in this position. Your eyelids started to grow heavy and your breathing slowed down. There was only one thing left to say to him.
“Thank you…” You said softly.
You drifted off to sleep in his arms as he gave you a kiss on your forehead. Maybe Johnny was getting pretty old since he needed to sleep as well after that. He too started to fall asleep, happy to have a wonderful girl next to him again.
══💤══╡°˖✧🦊✧˖°╞══💤══
Cassie and Jacqui just came back from their little, or more like big, shopping trip. Cassie was about to call out to her dad till she saw your shoes at the entrance.
“Oh shit, she’s here?” She said.
She went around calling your name, surprised you weren’t out in plain sight. in fact, neither was her dad. She guessed that maybe you were upstairs in her room. Nope, not there either. Well if anything her dad had to be in his room or something. She knocked a few times but no answer. She just decided to open the door herself.
“Hey dad, do you have any idea where-“ Cassie stopped herself when you looked at the scene in front of her. Even Jacqui gasped out loud.
She slowly closed the door again, a shocked expression on her face. She looked at Jacqui who confirmed what they saw was true. Out of all of Cassie’s friends she would have never suspected you of sleeping with her father. She doesn’t even think you did it on purpose you’re not that kind of person. This was all so much and she could only mutter three words.
“What the fuck.”
After notes:🍊…🦊so like, you gonna pay rent or something? Do I gotta feed you? Fuck do you even eat? One of your comrades came crashing through the window this early morning. Who the fuck gonna pay for that? Ah, anyways. My daddy issues have come to say hi. Can’t tell if fucking Johnny will heal me or having him be a father figure to me will. Just need him to ruffle my hair and tell me my professors are the bitches not me. Hope y’all have a good day! Adiós!
262 notes · View notes
yoonieper · 1 year
Text
Chronicles of My Witchy GF | JJK
Tumblr media
We made our own magic.
Tumblr media
✵ Pairing: Jungkook x witch!Reader 
✵ Genre: fluff, smut, crack
✵ Rated: W for Which Witch?
✵ Warnings: little bit of weed smoking, lots of cheesy lines (babies in love), Jungkook accidentally eats something he shouldn’t (twice), lots of crying (in the good way), this shit gets nasty, mentions of food play, masturbation (m), dry humping, thigh fucking(?), pillow fucking, tiny bit of breed kink (it’ll make sense later lol), accidental facial, oral (m + f recieving), throat fucking, face sitting, lots of cum (a lot!), unprotected sex (be smart y’all <3)
✵ Word Count: 31.8k (get snacks :’D)
✵ Summary: Just Jungkook and a few cute tales about his witchy girlfriend~
✵ Now Playing…: Freaky Deaky by Tyga & Doja Cat, Lay it Down by Steelix, Under the Influence by Chris Brown 
✵ Betas: Thank you so much to the amazing @jessikahathaway and @xxxanimangxxx for looking over this monster fic so quickly <3!
✵ Author’s Note: This fic is so unserious yall, I don’t know how I ended up writing this 😭 I had plans for a Jimin fic, but I started this hoping to get it done quickly, but this turned out a lot longer than I thought it would be :’) Anyway, I thought I would experiment a little with this type of formatting for this fic~ Hope y’all enjoy, and Happy Halloween! This couple is so cute and has so much drabble potential (I got ideas~)! P.S. Made the banner myself and I’m tryna get better, hope y’all like 😅
No reposting, modifying. Translating is not allowed unless given explicit permission. Thank you so much :D
Tumblr media
Hello to the random person who decided to click on this post! I know the title of this might sound a little strange and no one reading this will believe anything I say, but I was just hoping to rant to the void with the high probable fact that this message will most likely be buried under many other users’ posts. I can’t talk to anyone in my life about this. My friends and family have not even heard these stories to their true entirety, as they include secrets that aren’t mine to tell. For once I wanted someone to hear the tales that have somehow become my life. 
I’m Jungkook (pronounced Jeong-guk) and a few years ago I found myself dating a witch (yep, you read that right). We had recently gone out shopping together and I had made up the excuse that I was going to check out another store. In actuality, I was really interested in going to this jewelry place. 
A couple weeks ago on a late night I ended up on their website looking through the array of their jewelry for a birthday present, but I found myself up all night scrolling through the engagement rings page. I had wanted to see a few of them in person. 
We haven’t been dating too long (6 years isn’t that long right?) and we’re both still young with dreams and aspirations that have yet to be achieved in their entirety. That step has always been something I thought should be saved at a later point when things have gotten less hectic, but I found myself looking at this one ring in particular that I couldn’t stop imagining on her finger. All this has just made me reminisce and think about our future. 
My emotions are a mess right now, but for some reason I found myself here wanting to share with a faceless crowd how weird my girlfriend is and how much I love her. 
*All stories were shared with her permission, she’s helping me write this :3*
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
**Bold words are in Korean**
The way he had come to know you had been purely coincidental. Jungkook had always been the type to try his best in his classes. His grades were pretty good considering the notoriously hard courses he was required to take and his gpa managed to show for his efforts. In high school he never cared too much about that type of thing, but after managing to graduate with a 4.1, he was determined to keep it up. 
It had been the fall semester in his 3rd year that he found himself stupidly enrolled in an Ancient History class after his friend Namjoon talked him into it. He was a numbers guy and the class focused on reading a lot of text that he could hardly understand. He tried to pay attention in class but the only reason he was able to absorb any of the course material was listening to Namjoon happily rant about how interesting the story of Gilgamesh was. 
The first few quizzes and even the exam he had a few weeks after, Jungkook found himself stunned at how terribly he was doing. The assessments were hard on their own, but no matter how much he tried to talk with Namjoon about the meaning behind Gilgamesh’s third dream in the story he still found a 65% popping up once he submitted his exam. 
His heart sank, because he knew if he didn’t do well on the next upcoming unit he was sure to fail the class and he could kiss that 4.0+ goodbye. 
With even more help from Namjoon plus a few of his history loving friends Jungkook managed to float at a 70% for all his quizzes but once the midterm was approaching he knew he had to pass this in order to have any chance at getting above a C. 
But as he submitted his very last quiz before the midterm and that 69% popped up he found himself a little desperate for a solution. Somehow his frustrations ended up being received by Taehyung, his roommate and a good friend of both him and Namjoon. He was an Art Major who always seemed to have a little too much time on his hands and enough weed stashed away to make Jungkook momentarily forget about his problems. 
“I can already see it now, all A’s then that one fucking D…” Jungkook sighed, leaning back in his bean bag chair. After that last quiz his overall grade had now reached a spectacular… drumroll please… 68%. It was bad, really, really bad. 
“Hehe D…” Taehyung quietly giggled to himself.
“I haven't had a D on my transcript since elementary school…” Jungkook thought back. “It’ll be so obvious, my parents will see it immediately.” He feared what they might say, the look of disappointment on their faces… the thought alone made Jungkook want to implode.
“Like BAM… right there, just a big fucking D—” 
Jungkook was hardly able to finish before Taehyung burst out laughing. It took way too much time for him to figure out what was so funny. He just rolled his eyes at his friend’s childish sense of humor when he was trying to have a serious talk. 
Taehyung picked up on the vibes and stared at him. 
“Jungkook, I have no idea why you’re thinking about that class right now. Is this weed not good or something?” He genuinely wondered, despite how out of it he felt. 
“I feel like it’s made it worse.” Jungkook groaned, the only thing his mind could focus on was that one D that was probably going to ruin his perfect transcript and– Hehe, it was actually pretty fun– No! No it wasn’t, he was seriously about to fail this class! 
Jungkook sighed and took another hit from his blunt, hoping that would somehow make all his problems disappear. 
“Ok ok ok… how desperate are you to pass this test?” Taehyung eventually asked.
“Hyung, if this is some weird way for you to say I should sleep with the TA again because I swear—“ Jungkook sighed, knowing where this was going.
“No! No… but you really should consider it— I’ve heard she’s pretty hot and maybe that can be your way to pass the class!” Tae tried to reason.
“Hyung, what did I say?!”
“Plus, when was the last time you got laid?” Taehyung suddenly questioned.
“What do you mean? I slept well last night.” Jungkook said seriously, but he just got a hard slap on the back from his hyung at his joke.
“Jungkook, be serious! You don’t come to any of the parties Jimin invites us to, you’re always crammed up in your room. I don’t know, that TA might be a good option for you…”
“Oh my god.” Jungkook suddenly didn’t know the man beside him,
“You both can like read each other lines from the Iliad as dirty talk.” Taehyung laughed but he was actually being serious. Jungkook’s face flushed, both annoyed that this was still a conversation they were having, but he was also embarrassed his hyung wasn’t even exaggerating. 
It had been since freshman year that he had last gotten down and dirty. The only reason he had done in the first place was to check off that stupid virginity box that didn’t really exist in the first place and his sad attempt to fit in with the rest of his peers. He quickly figured out though he wasn’t cut out for the quick party sex. Handjobs in a pantry, blowjobs in a car, fucking in a bush behind the person’s house was not at all his style. Some may call him sappy but he wanted the rose petals on the bed, the picnic blanket under the stars, the shit that makes you cry in movies— all of that was something he knew would probably happen only in a relationship. 
The realization made him basically avoid every party his friends tried to bring him to and Jungkook couldn’t flirt to save his life in the “real world” so as sad as it may sound… everything Taehyung was saying was pretty much true. 
Jungkook took a long hit from his blunt, somehow this whole conversation just made him feel even worse. 
“Anyway though, that’s not really what I was going to mention.” Taehyung circled back.
“What… are you gonna say I should sleep with the professor next?” Jungkook was joking, but he was truly worried about what bizarre thing Taehyung might say next.
“You said it, not me.” 
“Alright then… What could possibly save me from failing this class?” Jungkook stared up at the ceiling, his eyes trained on the spinning fan above. 
“I know this girl who runs this shop downtown, she actually goes here at our school. I’ve been over there before I had big tests and didn’t really get to study, every time I’ve somehow managed to pass using this stuff she gave me.” 
For a while Jungkook didn’t say anything, too focused on the way the fan seemed to slow down if he paid attention to one of the blades. Then it hit him suddenly at what his hyung was saying and sat up to face him. 
“That’s your solution?” He was in disbelief that he was even suggesting this bullshit. 
“I know it sounds crazy, I thought it was too but I promise every time I’ve been over there I’ve somehow managed to pass my test against all odds. Her stuff is pretty expensive so I can’t go over there all the time, but I guarantee everything she sells works.” Taehyung sounded like a spokesperson for the shop. 
“Hyung…” 
“It’s perfect for desperate situations like the one you’re in now.” Taehyung smiled, satisfied with his marketing. 
“I don’t know how to tell you this, but I think you got scammed.” Jungkook put it plainly, going back to staring at the fan. 
“I’m telling you it works! It was worth every penny.” 
“It’s a scam.” 
“All you need to do is go over and tell her what you need help with, she’ll probably give you the same stuff she gave me. You take it home and you can either eat it or smoke it. I usually prefer the latter—“
“Hyung…” 
“Come on Jungkook, think of it as a last resort. I promise to pay you back on whatever you end up spending if you end up doing badly on your midterm!” The suggestion was serious and Jungkook was confused on how this scam had his hyung confident enough to pay him back.
In the end Jungkook promised he’d think about it before he went to get goldfish to snack on. 
As the days passed, what he never thought he would find himself even considering, started to seem like his only hope. Jungkook still didn’t understand a single line of the Iliad and his other classes were taking up all his time so he couldn’t try and ask Namjoon or any of his friends for help. 
When the exam was two days away and after a couple of breakdowns Jungkook found himself in his room, tears staining his textbooks, absolutely mentally drained from taking a test earlier that day. The only thing he could think about was that midterm that was coming up in a few days and the offer his hyung had suggested. 
It was probably a scam, it was 100% a scam, but he had nothing to lose at this point. Even if it was merely a coincidence that Taehyung managed to pass his exams, or maybe it was just the placebo effect at play, he needed whatever luck he could get. 
That’s how he somehow ended up driving himself downtown to the address Taehyung had texted him the day after he told him about the place. 
Jungkook could hardly believe his eyes when he saw the sign so unironically displayed ‘The Magic Shop’ above the door. It just made him feel even more crazy when he got out of his car and pushed open the door, a pleasant bell greeting him. 
He didn’t know exactly what he was expecting going into a place called ‘The Magic Shop’ but he was immediately hit with the pleasant scents of cinnamon and a few other spices he couldn’t remember the name of. Displayed along the shelves were mainly jars with golden labels with words he couldn’t understand along with a couple of funny looking knick knacks in between.
The place was also appropriately decorated for Halloween, or rather much of it was just tasteful fall decor with a tiny skeleton and ghost sprinkled in between. Part of him wondered if this was because of the holiday or did this place look like this all the time. 
“Hello, I’m over here!” Jungkook suddenly heard a voice call out, making him nearly jump. He quickly tried to calm himself before making his way through the aisles over to where he heard the voice. 
“Over here!” He turned his attention over to the counter. 
On his ride over he wondered what kind of girl could possibly be the type to run such a place. A lot of the time he would picture this weird old lady who had way too many cats, colorful scarves, and who was always found hunched over a cauldron brewing up something evil. Any guesses he would have always flew out the window the minute he remembered Taehyung told him that she went to their school. 
Whatever he was thinking was nowhere near the reality. He didn’t expect to be nearly knocked breathless the minute you looked up at him through your big round glasses. You were absolutely adorable and Jungkook was literally rendered speechless as he watched you carefully weigh spices on your little, gold scale by the register. 
Suddenly Jungkook did not know how to be a human being. 
“Are you just going to stare?” You asked, examining the spices up close. 
Jungkook finally snapped out of his daze and made his way over to you. 
“I–I’m sorry…” Were the first ever words he said to you and immediately he regretted it. 
“You’re fine, no need to apologize. I’m sorry I couldn’t greet you at the door. I have a big order I need to finish so…” Jungkook found himself staring at your lips as you talked, all he could think about was what it would feel like to kiss them. 
“I’m sorry.” He apologized again “I didn’t realize you were so busy.” 
“It’s fine, this time of the year always brings more than my regulars and I’m a major procrastinator so I always end up pretty swapped with work. What brings you to The Magic Shop?” Jungkook wondered if he should bring up why he came here considering how busy you were, but knew it would be weird if he didn’t mention it.
“My friend Taehyung suggested I come here–”
“You’re friends with Taehyung?”
“You know him?”
“Yeah, he comes over here often begging me to give him discounts.”
Jungkook suddenly wanted to take it back, the embarrassment making him want to disown him.
“I have a midterm coming up in a class that I just don’t understand. He told me you might be able to help me somehow?” Jungkook felt his face heating up, a terrible sense of shame creeping up at the need to come to you for help. What if you thought he was dumb? 
You stopped what you were doing and stared at him. He couldn’t stop his palms starting to clam up at the weight of your gaze. You probably did think he was dumb.
“I–I’m normally not like this, but my friend made me take the class and the professor’s horrible and I’ve just been so stressed I–” Jungkook suddenly spilled his whole story hoping that would make you think differently but as soon as he started he regretted it.
“Hey woah woah, calm down. No judgment here.” You giggled and somehow Jungkook’s face got warmer as he played with the ends of his blue hoodie.
“Things happen, life gets in the way, people suck. It’s all good.” You reached under the counter and grabbed a sign reading ‘Payment can vary dramatically, all costs go to the ingredients in the remedy.’ in a very spooky font.
“People tend to get shocked when I tell them the price, so I just wanted to brace you.” You said now turning your attention to typing away on the register. 
Taehyung had warned him before coming here that it was expensive, but the ominous warning made him slightly nervous. 
“So when’s your test?”
“Huh?”
“Just some basic info I need to account for pricing and to make sure it works the most effectively. So when’s the test?”
“Ummm two days from now.”
“This thursday?”
“Yep.”
You typed away.
“Height and weight...” You gently smiled as you trailed off but never asked. 
“No major health concerns?”
“None that I know of.”
“Good.” 
It was silent for a while. Jungkook, as much as he tried not to stare, you made it hard not too at the way you cutely concentrated on the screen. What was wrong with him? Maybe his conversation with Taehyung made him finally realize how alone he felt, maybe he was right and he really did need to get laid again, but the way Jungkook’s heart was pounding in his chest made him know that wasn’t it.  
“Soooooooo, do you really own this place?” Jungkook asked in a desperate attempt to talk (flirt) to you. Immediately though he realized how weird that sounded. “Not that–”
“You’re fine. Yes this place is mine– well mostly mine, my grandma technically owns the building and does all the boring paperwork for it, but I’m The Magic Shop’s one and only employee.” 
“Do you just run it for fun?” Jungkook tried to rack his brain at how this arrangement could be possible. 
“Haha, not in that way. She used to work here and then my mom did then me. We used to all work together. This place has become more like a family heirloom of sorts. My grandma eventually got too tired to come here everyday and my mom got busy with her job so it’s just me now.” You didn’t seem affected at all by this.
“You never thought about hiring anyone else?” He asked as you turned to the shelves behind you and started grabbing a couple of the small jars.
“Most don’t qualify and if they do they probably have their own shop already. I don’t mind it just being me though, I’ve been managing just fine by myself over the years. Plus saves more money to buy more high quality products.” Jungkook felt his heart nearly rip in half seeing you struggle to reach up to grab one of the jars on the highest self. You were absolutely adorable. 
“Even with classes?” At this you turned around to face Jungkook, a shocked expression on your face. “Uh– Taehyung told me you go to the same school as us!” What if you thought he was some stalker?!
“Ahhh I see, of course he did… I mean it’s hard on some days but I love my job so I don’t mind the extra work.” You smiled at him before grabbing the last jar and bringing it back over to the register. You opened them all and he was immediately hit with surprisingly pleasant scents that had a smile enveloping his face. It also hit him suddenly that he had really no idea what he was buying.
“Soooo, what’s your major?” He decided to ask instead. 
“Alternative medicine is what they officially call it.” You reached under the counter and grabbed golden measuring spoons and carefully started weighing the ingredients on your scale. “It’s basically me learning about what I kind of do already.” Jungkook nodded, the detail honestly making so much sense. 
“What about you?” You asked eventually.
“Engineering…” While most would consider this something to boast about considering at their college the program was notoriously hard to get into, all he hoped in this moment was that his very logic based major was something you didn’t detest.  
“You really are a smartie then… Alright, I’m impressed.” You smiled pushing your round glasses further up the bridge of your nose. Jungkook’s received many compliments about getting into the engineering program, hell his parents even threw a whole party when he got his acceptance letter, but your words for some reason never made him feel so proud. 
You had managed to weigh all the ingredients and put them on a cloth that you gathered.
You started to type on the register. “Ok that’ll be $50.97.” You smiled at him and Jungkook couldn’t hide the look of shock on his face. Realistically he pictured expensive being at most $20 but even he thought that was unlikely. 
You seemed to pick up on this and pointed up at a sign on the wall that read ‘All products guaranteed to work!’ also in a very spooky font.
If this was any other situation he would have just left because he didn’t want to spend 50 bucks for a scam, but he was reminded that Taehyung was paying for all this if it fails. It didn’t take much to also remember this was a case he was in fact really desperate, and well…you were just hard to say no to.
That’s how, despite his brain telling him this was such a dumb idea, he still found himself pulling out his wallet and handing you his card. 
“Alright cutie, I’ll be right back, this usually takes only 15 minutes.” You said after handing him his receipt but Jungkook stopped listening the minute you called him cute. Either you seemingly didn’t notice your words or it was something you said to everyone.
At first he was about to chalk it up to the latter and this quick crush he formed for you was his reason for looking at it like that, but as you turned around he saw you stop in your tracks before hastily making your way to the back room. 
Maybe he wasn’t reaching?
As the door opened his quick glance into the room showed him a completely different vibe then the rest of the shop. Instead of the cute small town hallmark shop that he was greeted with when he walked in, he’s almost sure he saw a room that almost looked like a dungeon. Stones lined the wall, the lighting was almost non-existent, and right before the door shut behind you he’s almost sure he spotted an actual cauldron, but he just figured that to be a Halloween decoration you never put out in the shop. 
What has he gotten himself into?
While you worked in the backroom Jungkook let himself wander around the aisles of your shop, examining the jars closely and wondering what they possibly could be used for. 
As promised it wasn’t too long before you re-emerged from the backroom and came out with a little bag and handed it to him. 
“So you can either eat it with something or smoke it if you do that type of thing. They’re not any different from each other really and take the same amount of time to come into effect. Take it later tonight and you should do well on your exam— this doesn’t work though if you know absolutely nothing, make sure to look at the material once more and you should do well Jungkook.” You smiled at him and he wanted to say something. He completely missed the fact that he never told you his name. 
“We should hang out sometime?” The words were on the tip of his tongue but all he found himself saying was a simple thank you before he was making his way back to his car. 
As soon as he left he kept cursing himself for at least not asking for your number. Was he really that out of practice at flirting? 
He possibly even had the go ahead to make a move at the way you called him cute… As soon as he was alone in his car he could have squealed at the thought, but he was immediately just filled with embarrassment. 
What if that really was your go ahead? What if he just missed his chance? 
Jungkook’s lack in game was once again so obvious and all he wondered was how he was somehow able to successfully flirt with people at a party back when he was a freshman and managed to get them to sleep with him was a mystery to him as well. Maybe it was the alcohol? 
Slightly dejected Jungkook drove back to the apartment and immediately went to open the little bag you gave him. Inside was another tiny bag that had a ribbon wrapped around it along with a card attached:
‘Good luck with your exam cutie ;)’ 
Oh.
Oh.
Jungkook felt his face flush. So he really was an idiot then?
He untied the ribbon and was again met with the scents of cinnamon. In the bag itself was a black powdery substance and he couldn’t help but wonder how this was going to help him pass his exam. Despite his doubts he decided to make himself an early dinner and sprinkled some of the magical black stuff on his chicken alfredo microwave meal.
It didn’t taste like anything but he couldn’t deny that he felt tingles through his body, but he didn’t think that it meant anything. 
Right after he went straight to his copy of the Iliad hoping whatever you gave him wouldn’t kill him and somehow his test scores would improve. 
Two days later he sat staring at the submit button for longer than he wanted to double— triple… he checked over his answers seven times before he finally felt even the slightest bit comfortable clicking submit. He probably would have kept going if the one minute warning didn’t pop up and he closed his eyes as he finally clicked the button.
Jungkook waited a solid minute. His peers that were left in the classroom were already packing up their stuff and leaving the lecture hall, but he waited, praying to every possible deity he could before he finally opened his eyes. 
He could hardly believe his eyes. 
98%
Jungkook could have cried at that very moment, he almost did but he was already getting concerned glances from his peers. 
He left the hall to Namjoon standing outside the hall waiting for him and he couldn’t help boasting to his hyung about his unbelievable score. 
When he got back to the apartment he got a lot of “I told you so”s from Taehyung which he didn’t mind but it did make him wonder what your role might have been. He couldn’t lie, the minute after he ate whatever you gave him and went back to the Iliad, a lot of the lines made a lot more sense and he could remember the countless characters in the story. 
Maybe he just had a good study day or maybe… 
It was a few days later that Jungkook finally managed to muster up the courage and return to your little shop downtown. He was running solely off of adrenaline as he made his way inside to see you. You were behind the counter like you were the first time he met you and you barely got to say hello before he was saying the words he wanted to say since he left. 
“Doyouwanttohangoutsometime?” He said it too fast and as the silence hung in the air and your confused expression seemed to grow even more bewildered that adrenaline he had when coming in started to fade. 
Did he already mess this up? 
“You want to hang out with me?” You repeated back and Jungkook was honestly confused on how you understood him. He pulled himself together and pulled out the card you had given him and tried to put back on his confident face. 
“I think you’re cute too.” Jungkook cringed at his words, quickly realizing he sounded like some middle schooler. 
“I— I ummm I wanted to ask you out on a date… or it doesn’t have to be! We could always just hang out if that’s what you prefer.” Jungkook’s face was growing warm again, embarrassed to the point he feared he may explode. 
Jungkook didn’t really know what you might say but he started turning red when you started laughing. 
“Did your exam go well?” You asked. 
“98%… I could hardly believe it…” He tried to join in on whatever the joke was but he was confused and flustered, worried he fucked this up. 
“Mmmm I’m glad… it seems like it still hasn’t worn off, you were so nervous last time. Alright, where are you taking me?” You smiled at him. 
Jungkook had no way of knowing what that could have meant at the time but all he could focus on was that somehow you agreed to go out with him despite the shitstorm his attempt was at trying to ask you out. 
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
If you’re curious I finished the course with an 83%, a B, not an A like I was hoping for, but it was certainly better than what I was expecting. Y/n helped me a lot understanding our last two units and I did a lot better overall after the midterm :)
Our first date was at this cute cafe that was decorated with these beautiful plants growing everywhere we turned. Y/n said it was a bit cheesy but she ended up spending the whole time gushing about all the different plants around the cafe. We ended up spending an extra thirty minutes there going around to every catus, succulent, fern, and taking pictures so she could add them to her collection at home. It's still one of our favorite places to visit every now and again.
I’m a little embarrassed to admit we went on more “dates” than I can count. We were more like friends for a while despite being pretty obvious with our feelings. We hung out a lot after class, I helped her a lot with some of her homework, she met my friends and we would all hang out pretty often (I quickly learned she didn’t have very many, but Y/n would always make the excuse and say the people I hung with were just much cooler). 
She steadily started to work her way into my life and finally one day I mustered up the courage to make it official. 
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
Jungkook and you had been hanging out at the park that day. You always said it gave you inspiration so you both tended to frequent there after your last class. You both weren’t saying too much, just admiring the view.
“Would you leave me if you were a bird?” You asked him randomly as you both were looking at the lake, a flock of birds flying over catching your attention. 
Jungkook turned to you a little confused. One of the reasons he liked you so much was simply put… you were weird, sometimes even weirder than he was and many of his friends would agree that was a bar they never thought could have been passed. 
“Mmmm no, I would just be like one of those birds pirates have. I’d live on your shoulder.” He smiled at you but your attention was still on the water in front of you both. “Why’d you ask?” 
“I don’t know… you don’t think you would feel trapped being on my shoulder? I mean you could be out flying and seeing the world, but you’re stuck being my… pet.” This was a weird question, something not entirely out of the ordinary for you to ask, but he could immediately tell by your tone you seemed a little down which was more strange.
“I’m not your pet!” Jungkook giggled, hoping to make you smile, but was still concerned about your somber mood. “I’m just a bird on your shoulder. I could fly away at any time but I like being by your side. You’re fun.” He smiled. 
“You don’t think I’m weird?” 
“No— well, maybe a little…” 
“Jungkook! That was your cue to say something romantic like ‘No Y/n you’re perfect~’” You clasped your hands together and batted your eyelashes imagining how much your heart would have melted. Gone was the sadness from your voice, but this was again just one of those cues that Jungkook had a habit of missing.
“You asked!” He tried to defend, but a gentle slap on his arm was sent his way anyway. 
“I’m trying to help you out Jungkook, we’ve been just ‘hanging out’ for months…” You sighed kicking around the dirt underneath the bench. 
It took him a minute to realize what you were implying, but as soon as he did he felt his face light up again. Things really had been on a stand still since he asked you out last semester…
Deciding not to overthink things Jungkook rested his hand on top of yours and interlaced your fingers. “Is this romantic enough for you?” He chuckled, but he was blushing. 
“No.” You said so suddenly, making his attention turn back to you. “I want to skip all the in between. This slow burn has been going on for long enough, I want you to kiss me.” Jungkook was waiting for you to start laughing but he searched your eyes and you seemed genuine, so genuine it almost hurt. 
Jungkook was operating on autopilot at that point and he started to lean in but your finger came over his lips and stopped him. 
“What if I really am too weird? What if you get scared and run away?” It was a cry that almost seemed like he wasn’t supposed to hear, a thought that had been bouncing around in your head so much you finally had to ask. Of course at the time Jungkook had no idea what you were talking about, but no matter what this ‘dark secret’ was that you were keeping from him he really didn’t care. 
This excruciating slow burn that has been happening for the last few months have been some of the best he could have experienced. He finally had a reason to come out of his room, only in a matter of a few months you had become the first thing he thinks about when he wakes up, and the very thing he falls asleep to. He loved the way you’d text him at odd hours in the night and how you’d FaceTime him to fall asleep. He loved being near you and only wanted to pull you closer anytime you were together. 
In that moment nothing you could have said would have stopped him as he wrapped his arms around you pulling you into a hug. 
“You’re my weirdo. Let’s stop playing this game… I want you.” His eyes were trained on your lips and he slowly started to lean in again. 
“Where’d this confidence come from?” You smirked and he could have exploded the minute you glanced down at his lips, the tingles running through his body could have powered a whole city. 
“I told you, I want you.” His tone was low and all he wanted to do was kiss you. 
“Is this what I think it means?” 
Jungkook was going to tell you yes, yes he wanted you to be his girlfriend but he couldn’t stand it any longer and finally closed the distance between you two. 
It was like something you would see in a movie. The setting sun in front of you, as you kissed in front of the little pond. Your lips were so soft as they moved against his own. His heart was pounding but he felt so comforted in your arms, you were so sweet, so his. 
Jungkook had no idea how it happened but somehow you found yourselves bursting through your front door of your apartment, not allowing a moment of separation. Maybe it was his fault… it probably was his fault considering how long it’s been since he’d been with someone like that, or the fact he’s never felt like that before, but in the dark he ended up tripping over your couch. You both laughed and you seized the moment, taking a seat on his lap and rode his cock till he cried. 
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
Our relationship was “normal'' for about a month before I started to notice things. I had noticed things the minute we started hanging out but now that we were official, it started to become a little hard to hide them.
One of the first things I picked up was the fact she knew things I knew I had never told her before. Unlike what happened the first day we met, I would notice there would be times we were talking and she would bring up details of stories I hadn’t mentioned yet, or thoughts I had yet to tell her. At first I figured it was just me forgetting (it’s what I kept telling myself until she finally told me what was going on) but even I started to question myself when it kept happening. 
A specific incident was this one time Taehyung, Jimin, Namjoon, Y/n, and I went out to karaoke. We had played a drinking game and the loser was dared to sing at this bar we knew was hosting Karaoke night. 
Y/n was the one that had lost, we all were prepared to go up there and sing eventually but she was going to be first. None of us, but me especially, was not prepared at all when she got up to do her cover of Ariana Grande’s song Greedy, for her to sound so magical. She seemed so shy, even needing to start over because she ended up laughing, but the minute the song started a second time she blew everyone in the bar away with her voice. 
I was so consumed with trying to process the situation, figuring out a way to convince Jimin to go next because her performance made me a little too excited, and also trying to figure out the quickest way to get us out of there and back to her apartment, that I practically dismissed someone in the background telling everyone to look out the windows. I had looked and noticed that a bunch of pigeons, cats, dogs, rats, and for some reason a deer had seemingly gathered to watch her performance, but I paid it no mind when she made it back to the table because she looked so amazing up there and I enjoyed it way too much when I pulled her into my lap to let everyone in the bar know that this was my girlfriend. 
To be honest, the reason she was able to hide it for so long had a lot to do with my ignorance, a bunch of situations going over my head that might have seemed obvious to someone else.  
There was one time Y/n ended up sick. I decided to stay over at her apartment, despite her protest because I wanted to be a good boyfriend and take care of her.
Well it was weird, but everytime she sneezed this painting she kept on the wall would move completely off center. I had questioned it, but she would always say that it was the wind. It wasn’t a bad excuse because the window was open and it had been pretty windy that day. I’d move it back each time, but everytime she sneezed (I didn’t notice the pattern till later) it would move a good 70 degrees to the left. 
What was even stranger was when I went out to make her some soup I came back to find everything in complete disarray, that painting was upside down, the clothes in her drawer had flown out across the room, and the pile of stuffed animals that sat neatly on a chair in the corner had seemingly been thrown around everywhere. 
You would think I would question it but when she said it was the wind I simply closed the window and went to work trying to fix everything.
Y/n told me eventually that it got to a point where she started to feel guilty about this big secret she had yet to tell me. It was something she felt would be the deal breaker for our relationship that as time passed the harder it seemed to tell me. 
It was at the one and a half month mark of our relationship that the secret finally boiled over. 
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
You and Jungkook walked hand in hand back to your apartment after a night out in the town. You both decided to head out to celebrate the school year being over and made a little date out of it. 
Jungkook just wanted to take you out to a fancy restaurant but when you both were on your way back to your apartment you passed an arcade and ended up spending way too much time and money trying to beat each other at all the games. In the end he had won and in reconciliation he tried to win you this giant stuffed bear that he noticed you had been eyeing all night. 
In one hand was Jungkook’s and the other was the bear that he worked so hard to get you. He was beaming ear to ear remembering his cool boyfriend move, the way he handed you the bear and how your eyes lit up when you snuggled it in your arms. 
That night was just so romantic. You both had walked along the path that was right by the river, the water gently washed by and the moonlight was beautifully reflecting off the water, the moon had been full and bathed you both in its soft light. Jungkook had told you that he was taking you someplace nice so he had dressed up in a suit for the occasion and you had taken hours dolling yourself up, your plum-colored, sparkly dress was immaculate, the back hanging low and a glorious slit coming up all the way to your thigh. The dress tightly hugged your curves in a way that had Jungkook constantly fantasizing about what he might do to you once you got back to your place. 
As the both of you walked and got closer to your apartment Jungkook had still been riding on the high of the date, but he started to notice how quiet you had gotten and the way you started to drag behind him. While he was holding your hand still, it almost looked like he was pulling you along instead of walking with him as you started to get slower. 
At first he wondered if you were just tired from all the walking you ended up doing, already thinking about how you would react if he offered to carry you back, but one glance behind him was enough to see your dazed and almost pained expression on your features. 
Immediately Jungkook stopped and turned to face you, extremely concerned. 
“Are you ok?” He asked gently. 
Silence passed for a little while and each second he started to become more concerned.
“No.” You mumbled. Jungkook noticed the quivering in your voice and immediately he started to panic. At that point he had never seen you cry like this before. 
What could have possibly made you so upset on what he thought was one of the greatest nights you’ve shared? He tried to rack his brain on what he might have done to make you so upset but everything he thought of just resulted in a big ERROR which made him panic even more. 
“Baby, what’s wrong?” He tried to stay as calm as possible, but his words finally made the tears in your eyes spill over and he immediately felt his eyes welling up. 
You broke down right there, your sobs made him feel like he might as well have been cut in half seeing you like that. He hastily pulled you into his arms and gently caressed your hair, trying his best to soothe you but your sobs easily got to him and the tears were quick to start rolling down his cheeks as well. 
Your arms wrapped around him tightly almost as if you were pleading him not to leave you alone and hugged you tighter to hopefully let you know he would never. 
You both were standing there for a good few minutes, Jungkook trying his best to console you and you just poured out all the emotion that you had kept bottled up inside. 
Eventually you finally pulled away and looked up at him, your tear streaked face and sniffles had all new tears spilling from his eyes. 
“Ba— Y/n… please, what’s going on— what-what’s made you so upset?” He looked you in your eyes, pleading for you to tell him. Just the thought of it possibly being something he did… 
“Did—did I do something?” He finally asked.
You seemed to panic at this. “No! No Jungkook, it’s nothing that you did.” 
“What happened then?” There was a sense of relief knowing he didn’t miss up tonight, but he couldn’t hide the confusion in his voice knowing how that opened up a whole new can of worms.
“Nothing happened… or well— it’s me I guess, I happened.” You looked down at the ground, seemingly ashamed. 
“What do you mean you happened? Y/n you can tell me anything, you know that right?” He grabbed onto your hands and gently rubbed his thumb over your digits. 
“No I can’t…” You said softly, a tear occasionally running down your cheek. 
“Wha—“ 
“I have a secret that I’ve been keeping since we met… I’ve wanted to tell you for so long, but I just… I don’t think you’ll look at me the same way and—“ You hurried out, looking up at him with watery eyes. 
“Y/n what do you mean?” 
“Jungkook I really… really, really, really like you and I’ve never told someone this before and I’m just scared… scared you’ll be scared of me.” You sobbed and Jungkook was just puzzled. 
He grabbed onto your shoulders making you look up at him again. “Y/n is this the part where you tell me you’re a serial killer with twenty victims and are about to make me the twenty first?” 
He could have melted when he saw the way you cracked a smile at the joke. 
“No I’m not.” 
“No victims?”
“No.” You smiled slightly.
“Well then what you’re about to say can’t be that bad!” He reached up and caressed your cheek softly, wiping away your tears. 
“You don’t know that… I just… I don’t want you to leave me once you find out.” You gripped tightly onto his suit jacket, scared if you let go he might go running. 
“I promise I’m not leaving you because of this.”
“But you might—“ 
“Y/n please tell me so I can prove you wrong. I feel like you’re building this up too much. I’m not leaving okay? You can tell me.” He sent you a reassuring smile. 
You looked up at him, knowing you had to do this at this point. You couldn’t keep this from him any longer and you hated lying to him. 
With a deep breath you grabbed onto his hand and speedily led the both of you back to The Magic Shop. You didn’t live too far from where you both stopped so it was only a 10 minute speed walk until you were crossing the street to head into the shop.  
You hurriedly pulled out your keys and grabbed onto the golden, almost cartoonishly fancy one and pushed it into the keyhole unlocking the door and pulling you both in. 
Jungkook was confused on what this secret had to do with The Magic Shop but he still followed you as you led him to the door that went behind the counter and further back to the door that went to the back room.
At this he was honestly intrigued. Despite knowing each other for months he had never been into the back room before. Most of the time he would hang out with you in front of the counter, but occasionally especially when he came over to tutor you, you would let him sit behind the counter as you both worked through your calculus problems. 
The only inkling of what was back there was when he saw you go back there the day you both met and from what he remembers it was… interesting. 
You didn’t glance behind you as you pushed open the door to reveal the room. 
Just like he had seen that day, stone lined the walls with another door on each wall, the room was dimly lit, boxes stacked against the walls and right in the center of the room was that same golden cauldron he had sworn he had seen before the door closed behind you that day. 
“What’s this?” He asked as you brushed past it. 
“Oh, I got it for the shop for Halloween two years ago but it was too big for me to put it anywhere. I’ve been meaning to put it away but it’s heavy and I’m lazy.” You said turning around to face him and he awed realizing his first assumption was right. 
“What’s behind that door?” He pointed to the left. The door on his right clearly had a bathroom sign and you were standing by the door in front of him. 
“Oh, it’s just a storage closet, plus where I keep inventory for the shop.” He nodded. He was mainly asking questions wondering how any of this could be a hint at the big secret that made you break down like that, but he was just confused. 
He moved so he was standing with you in front of the door. 
“I’m assuming this is where the big secret is?” He asked and you nodded. You moved so you were facing him. Jungkook noticed your grip on the bear he won for you was extra tight. 
“Promise not to freak out?” You asked. 
“I promise, I’m not running away.” He smiled at you trying best to calm you down, sensing you were nervous. 
You took a deep breath before opening the door. Jungkook really didn’t know what he was expecting but a small closet with a couple of mops, brooms, and cleaning supplies was not what he was expecting was going to be the big reveal. 
He looked at you a little confused. “This is it?” He questioned. 
You shook your head.
You closed the door. “Open it again.” You commanded and moved so you were standing beside him again. 
Jungkook was confused by this but when he felt your hand snake into his and grab onto him tightly, he hurriedly did as you asked. 
Instead of the utility closet he saw before, was a room he couldn’t even recognize belonged to the same building. Jungkook slowly stepped in and tried to take in everything in the room. 
It seemed like something out of a fairytale. The room was huge, a second floor somehow fit along the side of the room, the entire wall being covered with books. A light pink cauldron with flowers covering it sat in the center of the room along with a pedestal and what seemed like a fancy book sitting on top of it. On the wall furthest to where he stood were shelves of vials filled with brightly colored liquids. 
The room was also covered in scarves, the fabrics draping along the walls, hanging from the ceiling and was wrapped around the banister on the second floor. Giant windows sat in the wall opposite to the bookshelves, the light outside so bright you couldn’t see out of them, but casted the entire room in this ethereal, heavenly glow. The room had an elegance he couldn’t quite comprehend, the regal furniture that decorated the room, the paintings as well seemed like something straight out of the renaissance. What really made this room stand out was the sparkles that shone in the sunlight and the countless amount of books and vials that were seemingly floating around the room. 
The room didn’t seem real and Jungkook’s logical brain tried to wrack how any of this was possible, how he even got here in the first place. A tad bit overwhelmed, he turned around to face you.
The sparkles that were in the air crowded around you and your soft gaze made his heart melt. You were absolutely stunning and why his brain was desperate for a why and how all he could focus on was you. This, all this, for some reason felt like he was seeing you truly for the first time. 
Jungkook walked back over to you. 
“Y/n…” His voice was soft, truly at a loss for words. 
“I’mawitch.” You hurried before you lost your confidence. 
He didn’t react the way you expected. Anytime you ever thought of bringing someone back here it always resulted in them running out here, ready to burn you on the stake, but he looked at you with so much adoration you didn’t really know what to say. 
He looked around the room, now that he was facing you, he could also see the countless amounts of brooms that lined the walls as well, but his attention quickly went back down to your eyes. 
“Are you scared?” You finally asked after he didn’t say anything. 
“This is all… it’s magic…” He asked, glancing around the room. 
You nodded slowly. “I know this might be a lot to take in right now and you probably have so many questions and I’m happy to answer any one you might—“ You didn’t get to finish before Jungkook pulled you close and kissed your lips. He was so soft and gentle and you could have screamed at how much he gave you butterflies. 
When Jungkook slowly pulled away he was shocked to find the sparkles in the room had formed together to create small butterflies flying across the room. 
“Did you…?” He looked at you. 
You nodded once again. “That kinda happens in this room… you give me butterflies.” You chuckled nervously and you felt his grip on your waist tighten. 
“Y/n I have no idea what’s going on right now and I probably will have a billion questions about this later but… this is so beautiful, seeing you like this is so beautiful.” You looked like a goddess to him with the sparkles around you and this dress shinning even more in the light. “You’re so beautiful, my mind is blanking and all I want to do is take you over there on your fancy fainting couch and—“ 
He finally stopped and let himself breathe for a second as he pulled you closer to him. “Y/n I need you so bad right now it hurts…” He could have cried, he felt the tears wanting to come up but he didn’t let them, instead he kissed you softly and peered into your eyes. 
“You’re not scared?” This was definitely not the response you were expecting. 
“Not at all, just confused and horny.” He moved down to your neck and started kissing it gently. 
Part of you wanted to cry, all your life you had expected the worst if you ever got to this stage with someone. Your mother and grandma would always tell you the only human that was allowed in your special room was the person you felt you were going to marry. Your whole life you feared people getting close and finding out this side of you, the first person outside of your family to see you truly and to see it had this type of effect on him… Jungkook, the man who gave you butterflies…
You hurriedly threw the bear you were holding onto a chair and wrapped your arms around him as he started sucking lightly on the soft skin. The room was suddenly shrouded in red and all the candles that sat around the room lit up. Jungkook noticed this and he nearly whined as he hurriedly picked you up and over to your dramatic fainting couch. He quickly got on top of you and started kissing you once more. 
“Oh my gosh you’re so fucking hot.” He couldn’t stop the whine this time as his hand felt the skin between the slit of your dress, his desperate hands squeezing your thigh. 
“I didn’t know magic would get to you like this…” You giggled as he started hiking up your dress. 
“Are you kidding? I had the biggest crush on Sailor Moon when I was younger…” Jungkook recounted as he pulled you to the edge of the couch and got off the couch and moved you so your thighs rested on his shoulders.
He wasn’t lying either, her posters were sprinkled in between all his comic book posters back in his parents house. 
He was a major fucking nerd and his nerdiest of nerd dreams was a superhero or one of the sailor moon characters swooping into his room and bringing him along on their journies as they fall in love. 
You were a dream he didn’t know was possible, come true. 
He wanted to ask so many questions, he probably was going the minute he could stop thinking with his dick for one second, but you were so cool and hot and—
He tugged down the soaked thong you were wearing, nearly tearing it off in the process. 
“I love you so much…” He confessed right then in there before he hurriedly dove in to ravage your soaking pussy.
This is the night you wholeheartedly admit to crying. You cried as he gave you more orgasms then you could remember, you cried when he came up and fucked you on your couch, you cried in his arms afterward as he was asking you about every possible detail of your life as a witch. 
It was all so… it was honestly the most magical night you ever had. 
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
I won’t tell you everything she told me but I learned a lot that night. All witches are women (this was also the time how she went on a tangent about how The Magic Shop won’t have another employee unless she had a daughter one day— making my love sick ass immediately start fantasizing about the possibility) who just have more abilities than the average human. She assured me that she wasn’t evil and only practices magic in order to help people around the world. She also explained the way she practices magic. 
Most of the time she only uses her abilities to ‘enchant’ people’s orders. It was through a combination of different ingredients and her magical touch was, as she put it, the “secret sauce” to bring it to life. But Y/n also has a lot of other fun abilities. She took this time to explain a lot of weird things that have been happening in our relationship. One time when I stayed the night at her place and she was showering, she didn’t notice me sneaking in and I ended up scaring her pretty badly— well right in that moment a pipe burst. I laughed at the horrid timing but apparently that had been magic at play and I was just horrible. 
After that day in her special room we became closer than ever. Our last year of college passed and we ended up moving in together. At that point I was hardly at the apartment anymore anyway. The only times I went over there was to hang and occasionally smoke with Taehyung (but she usually came with me during those times), or to get something to bring over to her apartment so the switch wasn’t all too dramatic. 
She had ended up surprising me with a key to her place at the graduation “party” we had with our friends. I had been mainly using the spare key she had, but it was my own fancy key that was similar to The Magic Shop’s. 
I moved all my stuff out over that summer and was pretty quick settling into everything. 
The whole situation was perfect timing as the apartment she lived in was in the space right above the shop. The downtown part of our town is pretty expensive to live in but since her family owned the whole building it worked out for the better. 
I got a job a few weeks later at a software engineering company that wasn’t too far, campus also wasn’t too far and I ended up going back to school to get my masters so it was great for my schedule. 
Y/n began opening the shop Monday-Friday and it became her full time job, she wanted to take some time to establish the shop a little more before she would go back to school to begin her long journey at getting her doctorate. 
The years we’ve been living together have all been amazing, but I just wanted to conclude this post with a couple of funny anecdotes because living with a witch has been an… interesting experience. 
(He’s loved it >:D)
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
Jungkook had come home a little earlier than usual. After getting off of work he checked his phone to see that his class had been canceled and headed straight home. He was excited because his weekend was finally starting after a long week and he had been missing you all day. 
You had woken him up with breakfast in bed because earlier he had called in about coming into work a little later after the fact he’d gone to bed with a bad fever. You came in there looking like an angel as you handed him pancakes and oj, saying it contained your special touch. You checked his fever and it had gone down a little in his sleep but the minute he started eating the breakfast he instantly felt a billion times better. 
He was tempted to just call in sick for work that day because after he finished you both cuddled (something he claimed was the last touch to make him feel better) and the last thing he wanted was to tear himself away from your warmth. He hated when the alarm went off to tell him to get ready but he had an important class to go to after work and he knew he wouldn’t go out later if he stayed. 
In the end he found himself at his desk for a few less hours than normal as he spent the day texting you occasionally to tell you how much he missed you. 
That important class that forced him out of bed earlier ended up canceled and as much as he would have enjoyed that free day he could have had, he was also happy to still have that sick day. 
So he went home after stopping to grab a little desert for you both at that plant cafe.
As Jungkook opened the door he was a tad bit disappointed to not find you anywhere, but he quickly figured you must be in your special room. 
He had learned soon after you told him about this secret side of yourself that there was actually a door you used to get to the room upstairs in your apartment. It had been a door you kept locked and beforehand always just told him it led to a storage room, but he was quick to learn that it was a way to get there without going downstairs to the shop. Ever since Jungkook moved in you always kept the door ‘unlocked’ so he could come in at any time. 
Jungkook knocked slightly before pushing open the door. Usually you would be there working on some type of order for your clients, who typically were other witches or firm believers in alternative medicine. 
Sometimes he was a little shocked at how many clients you would typically get considering if they weren’t a witch no one would know that your products really work the way they say they do. 
The Magic Shop had made a name for itself though, after your grandma founded the business and your mother ran the shop for a little while, the name had spread across town. There were apparently a lot more witches in the town than he originally thought and the shop had a loyal fan base of people who preferred alternative medicine and a bunch of curious people who would stop by to check out the place. Not to mention all of the witches who would stop by for ingredients or ready-made enchantments. As a result you sometimes seemed more swamped with work than he was. Considering he had a full time job and still went to school, Jungkook would often come home to find you busy preparing orders long after he was ready to turn in for the night. 
He was expecting to see you with your big round glasses looking into that fancy book with the cauldron glowing like he usually might, what he didn’t expect was a sight straight out of a horror movie.  
The typical bright room was dark and your cauldron was spilling this ominous red smoke that settled at the bottom of the room. If that wasn’t bad, right in front of him was a glowing symbol on the floor and right in the middle of it was you, hovering in the center of it. Your pupils were gone and you had this terrifying ghostly appearance that Jungkook had never seen before that had him instantly reacting. 
“Y/n!” He practically screamed, fully believing something went wrong and something bad was happening. 
At his voice you quite dramatically dropped to the floor, all the eerie ambience being sucked back into your cauldron. 
Jungkook quickly ran over to you, terrified at what might have happened. 
He picked you up and his panic only got worse when he saw your eyes were closed. 
“Y/n! Y/n wake up please!” He was so panicked and almost on the verge of tears but your eyes started to flutter open.
“Ow…” You groaned, your back sore from the fall. 
“Y/n, are you ok?” He asked, concerned. What he didn’t expect though was your annoyed glare at him. 
“Jungkook, why'd you need to scream? I was almost done with the ritual too…” you sighed. 
He looked at you confused and it was only then that you realized how surprised he probably was at the sight. You were still annoyed though, that took you nearly all day to do. 
“I was doing a ritual… I wasn’t possessed or anything. I was trying to increase our chances at winning tonight’s lottery, the prize reached 500 million dollars.” You could still taste the margarita you were gonna have on your private island if you and Jungkook won. 
Jungkook awed and almost looked like a kicked puppy when he realized he interrupted you doing something important. 
“I’m sorry…” He whispered and you hated seeing him so sad. 
“It’s alright… no need to panic though next time you walk in to see something like this. Rituals are a bit… strange but I’m fine, don’t worry baby.” You grabbed ahold of his hand and smiled at him. 
“Can I make it up to you?” He asked, and you could tell he still felt bad. “I don’t have 500 million to give you but—“
“Gimme a daughter, at least maybe with an extra set of hands I can retire to that private island quicker.” You were both joking and being completely serious. You expected him to laugh with you, but you noticed his face getting red. 
“For now though you can just give me a massage. I hurt my back when I fell.” He pepped up at your request and grabbed your hand to lead you both back to the bedroom. 
“Y/n…” Jungkook called you as you closed the door to your special room behind you.
“Yesss?” 
He suddenly turned around to face you. “I promise you won’t have to work as hard some day… I’ll make sure of it.” His words were sweet but there was a fire in his eyes that made a shiver run down your spine. 
You knew exactly what he meant by that.
◎══════ ❈ ══════◎
Jungkook was hanging out with you in your special room on a Saturday he had no work to do. Normally, he liked to give you your privacy whenever you worked here, but he was bored and you said it was fine to watch. 
Not too much had happened while he was there, you had mostly been reading in your fancy book— you explained earlier that most of the time you’re just researching and experimenting with different spells and enchantments. Your cauldron glowed slightly as you stirred the mysterious liquid inside, each time you tossed in a new ingredient small little fireworks would shoot out. 
The whole process you feared would bore him, telling Jungkook occasionally that he could leave whenever he got bored, but he continued to sit on one of your fancy bar stools by the cauldron, entranced and completely fascinated by your work. 
A while ago, soon after you showed him the room he finally asked you where all your fancy furniture came from, to which you explained that it had always been here. Apparently the room is tied with your abilities. 
You told him that witches undergo a special ceremony when they turn 13 that allows them to open their own room, which then unlocks a majority of their magical abilities, young witches only are able to do so much until they are ready to open their room. The room was created around you essentially and it’s looked like this ever since you opened it for the first time, besides a majority of the books you had bought over the years along with the brooms you’ve collected. 
Jungkook just stared at you as you worked, finding this whole thing still a bit unreal that he was dating you. He couldn’t help reminding you every few minutes on how cool you were whenever you would toss in a new ingredient or when you emptied a beaker you would toss it up and it would float back over to your shelf, and how sexy it was to watch you work. The sparkles that shined around the room flocked to you and made you shine so prettily and your look of concentration was incredibly endearing to watch. You made his heart melt without even doing much. 
The fact you liked him back was something he found a little hard to believe at times, seeing how extraordinary your world was and then looking at his own… extremely ordinary world. 
To make matters worse he knew that you were a hot topic in the community, a young witch as pretty as you were who ran a successful shop by herself was something all the witches would talk about, especially the families who had warlocks in their family. Yes, they exist, it is pretty rare to have a guy get passed down the spark that witches would have, but it happens very very occasionally under special conditions that no one has managed to figure out yet and two apparently lived in your little town. 
One Jungkook had never met before and you never really talked about too much, but the other, his twin, was someone Jungkook knew frequented the shop often. He’s seen it first hand, even when he was standing right beside you helping you out downstairs, Victor (ew >.<) would just walk in and hit on you. Jungkook even knew there were others outside the town who knew about you and would come by hoping to come by and win your heart. 
You had also told him that a lot of people would have jumped on the opportunity to date a warlock, they were rare, powerful, had a lot of influence, and your future kids together would be extremely powerful with both magical parents. Victor wasn’t a bad looking guy, he’s someone a lot of your witchy friends often swooned over. He was just a little older than you both, him and his brother graduating the same year as Taehyung did, the three of them somehow knowing each other (Taehyung not sensing drama, made sure to add when Jungkook was ranting to him that he “loved those guys” and “that they threw awesome parties”). His family was also pretty well off owning another successful magic shop. 
Victor wasn’t even a bad guy, he was just very adamant about dating you. You’ve told him he’s someone who's highly respected in the community. 
All of these details made him so confused on how, despite the opportunity, you still picked him. He tried not to think about it too much because he knew that mentality would make him incredibly insecure and jealous, that being a clear recipe for disaster in a relationship, but watching you here right now made him think about it sometimes. 
What if you were better off with Victor? (I want Jungkookie >:O)
Jungkook’s eyes widened when he suddenly felt your arms wrap around his shoulders. You lightly kissed his neck. 
“You okay? I’m sensing a whole lot of negative energy over here…” You chuckled lightly, but you seemed worried. 
Jungkook didn’t say anything and spun around in his barstool so he was facing you. He rested his hands on your waist and pulled you close so he could kiss you. You were a little surprised, but happily melted into it, enjoying the way his lips moved against yours. When he pulled away he pulled you close once more into a hug and rested his head on your shoulder. 
“Thinking things I don’t want to…” He sighed. 
“Wanna talk about it?” You asked, now really concerned.
“No— it's not that big of a deal, feel better already hugging you like this.” He really did, holding you like this made any of those silly thoughts go away. You picked him at the end of the day and he wanted you to keep picking him everyday. Just the thought of not being able to be with you like this was enough to fuel him into wanting to go over to Victor’s fancy ass mansion and punch him in the face the minute he opened the door and tell him to actually fuck off. 
You loved him, your family loved him, his family loved you, all the people whose opinions really matter approved of your relationship. Who fucking cares about stupid Victor?
“You sure?” You reaffirmed. 
“Yeah, sorry for disturbing you.” He apologized when he looked back over at the bubbling mixture in your cauldron. 
“It’s fine, things weren’t going well anyway.”
“Really?”
“Yeah, I can’t figure out how to make it not result in someone spontaneously combusting— I think I put too much Yvetris in it or—“ You rambled.
“Wait what?” 
“Don’t worry about it, I was just going to ask if you wanted to take a break?” You smiled at him, a little tired of working. 
Oh?
Jungkook eagerly nodded already a few ideas about what to do during this break, the main one involved you bent over one of these tables, naked and screaming his name, because fuck Victor. 
You smiled but then your attention turned behind him and he turned around to see you were looking at your wall full of brooms. Your eyes lit up at an idea. 
You ran past him and over to the wall. 
“Do you actually ride those?” He questioned, always a little unsure of what they were up there for. 
“What did you think I did with them?” You laughed, searching for the right one. 
“I don’t know, I thought they were all replacements for that broom.” He pointed over to the one that was sweeping beside him and it swiftly came up and hit him. 
“Ow!” He groaned, rubbing his head as the broom almost sassily went back to sweeping. 
“Now you offended him!” You sighed, turning around and looking at them both. You knew your broom did not forgive easily. 
“Sorry…” He looked back at the broom as it flew up to sweep on the second floor. 
“You didn’t know— but no, he’s a different kind of broom.” You chuckled, going back to looking through your collection. 
He honestly should have figured, the broom that would always sweep around your special room was a lot more plain compared to the brooms that lined your wall. The handle being made of a ridgid dark wood, and the gray bristles was something he always pictured a witch’s broom to look like. The ones on your walls came in all kinds of varieties, they all seemed to sparkle the same way you did in here, some were made of white wood, dark wood, some sparkled of gold, and the engravings into them were unreal. 
“Which one?” You turned back and asked. 
Jungkook pointed at the one that he deemed a classic, a beautiful dark wood with light strips running through it and golden bristles coming out the back. The engravings are what made him love it, the indicate swirls and patterns completed it so well, he always found himself staring at that one in particular whenever he was in here.  
You smiled at him and he watched as the broom flew down into your hand. 
“Where’d you get all of them?” Jungkook asked as you walked back over to him. 
“I pretty much bought most of them. I’m a big fan of collecting brooms as you can probably tell. I used to compete in tournaments when I was in high school and the prizes often were these really cool brooms and it kinda inspired me to start collecting them.” You giggled. 
“Wait… tournaments?” 
“Yeah there’s this team that we have here and we compete against other nearby towns, sometimes even on a national scale, and there was once we made it to the world league. I don’t mean to brag, but I’m pretty good and won a lot.” You pointed over to the corner where you kept all your trophies and medals, sitting on top of the case was your bear that he won you a few years ago. 
“Why does my girlfriend keep getting cooler and cooler?” Jungkook wanted to say something about Quidditch, but he couldn’t think about his joke anymore… 
“Stoopppp, now, cmon, let’s go for a late night ride~” You turned the broom to the side and Jungkook watched as handlebars and a long bench appeared on top. 
“Holy shit…” Jungkook awed as he got up from the bar stool. He felt like he was dreaming, high, or maybe even both. Then again, he’s felt this way ever since you showed him this part of your life. 
You hopped on top so you were straddling the bench and grabbed onto the handles. You ushered him over and told him to hold on tight. It was only when he sat down did he realize you were already floating. 
You smiled back at him before the broom started flying up to the circular, stained glass window that was at the top of the wall of windows. Jungkook held onto you tight like you advised, laughing and cheering as he watched you both rise higher off the ground. 
Jungkook then turned his attention to the circular window and how it disappeared before you both quickly flew through, sparkles coming flying out with you. Jungkook had no idea what he thought the outside of this room led to, but he was shocked to see you both flying high above in the sky, the clouds far down below and the moon, full, big, and beautiful shining over your little town. 
Jungkook just stared down and around at the amazing view, unable to believe what he was seeing. 
This had to be a dream. 
“No one can see us! I’ll fly us a little lower!” You yelled over the wind quickly rushing past. Jungkook hardly had any time to prepare before you both were soaring downward straight for the town down below, all he could do was hold on and watch as the ground got closer. 
He was screaming, was he terrified? A little, but he loved things like this and he was excited because he trusted you. 
The buildings steadily got closer till he could make out the cars and which buildings were which. Over there was the river you both walked along the day you told him you were a witch, he could also see downtown, and way in the distance the park he had finally asked you to be his. Jungkook was so into admiring everything he hardly realized that you were still heading straight for the ground. 
It was only when the buildings started getting a little too close did he start noticing the ground was right there. Jungkook felt his life flash before his eyes when you finally pulled up and started zooming past the cars rushing by. 
You turned around and chuckled at the look on his face and he was quick to join in, now too caught up at how cool this was. You flew them through traffic, through a tunnel, and you were beating the speeds of the train that was beside you. It was an unreal experience and even though he nearly had a couple of heart attacks, the whole experience was bewildering as you flew across the little town. 
After the initial excitement you both flew over places that took you down memory lane, you essentially gave Jungkook a glorified tour of the town since he didn’t grow up here and didn’t go to too many places when he was in college. You flew him over the spots you would frequent when you were younger and showed him some of the prettiest sights he had ever seen as you both went over the woods and the lake he didn’t even know existed. 
It was also then that Jungkook noticed a few other witches riding by on their brooms, soaring just a little over all of the buildings. 
It was amazing. 
You both were now back over the clouds, cruising along as Jungkook held onto you tightly. Not out of fear, or the fact that he was supposed to, but he just didn’t want to let you go. 
He really didn’t. He never would. 
“Y/n…” Jungkook mumbled into your shirt. 
“Mhmmm~” 
“I love you so much…” He confessed and he felt the tears welling up slightly in his eyes. “Don’t leave me okay?” He tried to laugh it off. 
In an instant your broom stopped. Jungkook looked around a little confused, until you flipped around so you were facing him. 
“I should be saying that to you idiot…” You looked at him a little concerned. “Like it’s you who’s the one walking around with that pretty face, and who looks a little too good in the suits you wear all the time for work. You have all these girls drooling over you every time we go out, or should I mention Vanessa from work who always calls you even on the weekends. What if you think one day I’m too weird or something and leave me. You have so many better options…” You pouted and Jungkook could hardly believe what he was hearing. 
“Weird? Y/n you’re the coolest person I know, no one could ever compare to you. Sometimes I think you’ll find me too boring and run away with Victor, or his brother, or one of the other warlocks who keep coming to the shop… How could I ever think you’re weird– like with who else could I do this with–” 
“Well–”
“Just you ok, and fuck Vanessa and fuck Victor and everyone else who made us think like this.” Jungkook smiled at you and you hurriedly pulled him into your arms. 
Yep, he was yours and you were his.
“Not to ruin the moment or anything, but I think I heard you call me pretty and say I look really nice in suits.” He cheesed, thinking back to it. You simply nodded as you buried your face in his shirt, already regretting confessing one of your deepest darkest secrets.
“You’re cute~” He laughed, feeling all fuzzy inside seeing you like this. All in the moment, once again, his insecurities were washed away. You really were his. 
“By the way, I think you’re prettier.” He smiled and immediately you lifted your head, taking offense to that. 
“Jungko–” Before you could finish, he pulled you close as he pressed his lips onto yours once more, not wanting this to turn into a long debate, because to him, there was none. He was right.
◎══════ ❈ ══════◎
Back in college, when people would first meet Jungkook there were only two ways first impressions went for him. One, he’s been told that they thought he was probably some arrogant frat boy jock (always soccer for some reason) because they would always see him at the gym. Two, the minute they talked to him they would quickly get that he’s just this quiet nerd who could talk about why Spider-Man was the best superhero for 5 hours straight (really longer if you didn’t stop him). 
For some reason that impression came with the image of being a goody two shoes and whenever he told people he lived with Taehyung they could hardly believe it. ‘You guys are just so different’ was something they would say that always confused him. Jungkook was strange, he knew that, but his hyung and him always got along so well. They were weird in their own ways, but their personalities contrasted each other perfectly. 
Jungkook was just someone who spent way too much time studying and reading comic books all day, basically locking himself in his room, and Taehyung was just… Taehyung was someone everyone seemed drawn to. 
Jungkook was the slightly awkward guy who hung out on the sidelines and made sure to keep his hyung in check and Taehyung would always be there to bring him out of his shell and give him advice when needed.
It was this same idea that whenever Taehyung brought people over to smoke at their apartment that when Jungkook asked to join them, he would always get quite a few shocked looks. You were also on the list of people who were surprised when he brought you over for the first time to find his bong covered with Marvel stickers, sitting on top of one of his shelves.
It wasn’t like he smoked often, he really only did it when he was stressed, but he was in college and an engineer major so that might seem a little contradictory. After he graduated though and moved out from the apartment he pretty much quit cold turkey. Taehyung didn’t live in the same town anymore and he was way too busy (and a little lazy) to try and go out and get it himself. That really wasn’t it though, he was literally dating someone who had a stash of it for the shop downstairs. He more so just considered that phase of his life pretty much over, adulting duties were more so a priority. 
But sometimes… on rare occasions when work and classes were just too much he found himself asking you for help and you’d let him take a bit from your stash downstairs. 
It was one of those occasions that day. Jungkook had been taking hits from his bong and was just laid out on the couch playing some music. It was the weekend and he had a pretty big assignment due on Monday. It was the first time in the past two weeks that he just relaxed and stopped thinking about the deadline. The assignment was done, he just needed to look it over a couple more times before submitting. 
Well, whenever Jungkook smoked he would always suffer from a horrible case of the munchies and so eventually he found the energy to roll himself off the couch and head to the fridge. 
You were downstairs busy running the shop and Jungkook was way too high to notice he grabbed something off the top shelf. You had told him when he started coming over often that you used the top shelf for in progress orders or ones that would require refrigerating. In this case it was neither, rather something you were trying out for the shop. 
Jungkook learned the hard way never to go in the fridge while he was high because after he heated up the tasty looking muffins and took a bite he experienced something he could only describe as the most embarrassing day of his life. 
You had come back upstairs later that evening and you were shocked to not find your boyfriend inside, and the lights were all off. You convinced yourself he just stepped out for a moment, seeing that his bong and lighter were still on the coffee table in the living room, but the minute you went behind the counter of your kitchen you knew immediately something had happened. You were quick to find out what. 
His clothes were strewn around the floor and an opened container with a top you recognized was for the shop was at the scene of the crime. Nearly scaring you to death was a voice coming from above you. You looked up and screamed, shocked… or rather not shocked at all to find your boyfriend on the ceiling staring down at you. 
“Y/n look!” Jungkook exclaimed as he started to climb around on the ceiling. 
Oh great…
“Jungkook what–”
“Y/n, look, I think– I think I’m spiderman!” He beamed as he crawled into the corner. You couldn’t stop the dumbfounded look on your face at his words. 
“Baby, you ate my–”
“I was but a humble guy living in a small college town when a radioactive spider came one night and bit me in my sleep. I woke up with–”
“Jungkook, get down from there!” You interrupted knowing he was about to give you a weird rendition of spider man's origin story. You know, you’ve heard it only a million times. 
“Y/n, I’m spiderman now I gotta go protect the world I can’t come down!” He tried to defend and you were tempted to laugh but decided against it. You would definitely bring this up in the future. 
“No you're not, you ate my enchanted muffins I didn’t perfect yet.” You called out as he started climbing across your walls. In truth the only thing your muffins did at that point was make him able to stick to the walls. You could tell from his eyes alone he was still very high.
High, naked, and on enchanted muffins was a horrible combination.
“I’m spiderman Y/n, look at my suit.” You had no idea what he was seeing, all you saw was a naked man with his dick hanging over your head three feet above you, climbing around on your walls. 
“Jungkook get down here!” You sighed.
“Y/n my suit–”
“If you’re talking about that birthday suit, then yeah I see that. Now come down here.” You crossed your arm.
“The Green Goblin is coming! I gotta save the world!” He was not at all listening to you. 
There was nothing you could do about this. He was just really high and because this was an intermediate stage on an enchantment you didn’t have the “cure” researched already. Besides, with work in progress spells they all wear off by midnight and it was 9:37. 
In the end you ended up spending two hours and twenty-three minutes running around your apartment, picking up all the shit he was knocking down and making sure he didn’t hurt himself. 
When midnight hit you luckily was able to guide him so he was over the couch when he fell down quite dramatically on the cushiony surface. Somehow you were able to guide him to the bed a little later. 
Let’s just say, when he woke up the next morning, he was confused, embarrassed, and you had enough pictures and videos to haunt him for a lifetime.
Safe to say Jungkook learned to be more cautious when picking things from the fridge.
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
I feel like as I wrote this, it turned more so into our love story essentially. I have so many other stories I could have told, but these were just a few that came to mind first. I hope you all enjoyed reading! You can make up your mind whether any of this is real or not. For all you know I could be a guy living in his parents basement with way too much of an imagination or by the end of this you might be fully convinced my girlfriend’s sitting beside me right now helping me write this post. 
Whatever you believe this was made for fun and for your entertainment. 
Anyway, that’s it from me! 
JK
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
You glanced over his shoulder as he typed the end of the post. “You’re not gonna do the other story?” You couldn’t help the giggle as you watched his face turn red.
“No, why would I write about that…” He said bashfully, already knowing what story you were referring to. It followed up the third little story, and all he could think back to was how embarrassing it was. It was definitely not appropriate for a post like this.
“Mmmm good idea… you were a mess but… even you yourself said that it was kinda hot.” You recounted back to his words.
“I mean…” It was hot, extremely. Jungkook was embarrassed about that day in particular because it was no exaggeration… he was a mess, but the event encouraged you to make a modified version and you both would bring it out on special occasions. 
It was the day you finally decided to get another fridge.
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
Jungkook never thought he’d be one of those guys who’d own one of those big comfy chairs. He’d always picture guys in their 40s with too many stains on their wife beaters who would just never get up from them. 
You both had been out shopping for a new couch when you passed by a little nursery model room and you stopped to admire how the pretty oak set was. Jungkook wanted to take a seat on the rocking chair that came with it just to imagine what it might feel like one day, but ended up nearly falling asleep right then and there as you went off and looked at the other model rooms. 
You had shaken him awake eventually and that’s pretty much the moment he fell in love with comfy chairs. You finally made it to where the couches were and as you both were trying to deliberate on which one you’d buy Jungkook took a seat on a cloud— or at least he thought it was one. The soft fabric made it perfect and it had that right amount of squishy to hard softness that made it so he never wanted to get up again. It was almost like finding the perfect mattress. It somehow got better when he found out there was a massage feature. 
Jungkook had gone on about the quality of the chair with no intention of buying it. You both came for a couch anyway, but it was only two months later on his birthday that Jungkook came home to find the same chair in your living room with a big bow on top. 
Every time he would come home and sit down in his little slice of heaven, suddenly his increasing age became even more obvious, at the ripe old age of 25 he felt ancient at this point. Maybe he was just having a quarter life crisis, but he felt like an old man anytime he would recline his feet up and fall asleep to a random channel on the tv. He was happy though. 
It was this coziness that had him falling asleep in the chair after he came back home from a long day of work. He remembered you vaguely trying to wake him up and get him to come to bed, but ultimately your attempts were in vain. He was just too tired and the chair was too cozy. Instead you gently draped a blanket on top of him and he was out for the rest of the night.  
Jungkook got up that morning, confused, and with sleep still weighing on him heavily. He should have learned the first time never to go in the fridge when he’s out of it, but the minute he woke up he found himself craving waffles like his life depended on it. 
Before he went to work yesterday you had been in the kitchen, humming along beautifully to your favorite song, as you were testing out your new waffle maker. If Jungkook wasn’t in a rush he would have stayed for breakfast, they smelled so good and he was hungry. He had been thinking about them ever since he left that morning, even dreaming about you… the waffles… and a lot of whipped cream. 
Jungkook just hoped and prayed there were leftovers still and low and behold, there were some. He was too sleepy and hellbent on eating the waffles that he once again ignored that they were on the top shelf. To be fair, waffles had never been something you did for the shop and the other shelves were crowded, so he just tried to convince himself that you had set them there because of the lack of room. 
In the moment before it all went… wrong… Jungkook fucked up them waffles. They were as delicious as he had been thinking, which wasn’t a surprise, everything you made was absolutely amazing. Maybe if he hadn't slathered them up with syrup, whipped cream, and an assortment of different fruits, he would have noticed the magical tingling that came with eating your enchanted foods. Maybe he did all along but just chose to ignore it because those waffles were so damn good. 
Jungkook even ended up making a few more for himself and for you when you woke up. As the sun started to rise, the better Jungkook started to feel. It was a glorious Saturday. 
You had come out right as he was taking out the last waffle, looking absolutely beautiful. Jungkook felt his heart swell as you walked over to him, taking a minute to appreciate how amazing his life was. 
“What’s all this?” You smiled at him as you wrapped your arms around his waist. 
“I really wanted waffles.” He giggled. “I made you some as well~” He pointed over to the plate. 
You squeezed him a little tighter.  “Someone’s in a good mood today~” You lightly pressed kisses on his neck and he shivered. Suddenly all he could think about was the way you were covered in whipped cream in his dream. 
Jungkook nearly whined when you pulled away, tempted to ruin this peaceful Saturday morning by licking whipped cream off your titties. 
You turned around and opened up the fridge to get the oj. He was really going to ask you but the reality came crashing down of what he had just done. 
“Hey, Y/n how do feel about whipped cream—“ 
“Jungkook… wait, where did the waffles go that were in here?” You asked concerned, distinctly remembering they were there last night, right on the top shelf. 
“Oh those? I ate the leftovers from yesterday first— I know mine won’t be as good as yours but I thought—“ 
“Jungkook…” You sighed, immediately knowing this was going to be bad. You looked at him and he seemed confused and you wondered how this could happen again, especially after what happened the last time he ate something from the top shelf.
“Jungkook, that was an order for a client. I thought we’ve been through this, the top shelf is for the shop.” You were both a little frustrated you would have to make the order again and a little concerned with the fact he ate all of them… 
You saw the weight of your words hit him in the face and any ill feelings you had disappeared for a moment because you knew he genuinely didn’t know. 
“I ate them about an hour ago…. nothing’s happened.” He looked at you with pleading eyes that this wasn’t going to turn out like what happened the last time. 
“You can relax, you won’t go all Spider-Man this time.” 
“Don’t tell me I’m going to turn into like a goldfish or something…” You couldn’t tell whether he was joking or not but you laughed anyway. 
“No, you won’t turn into anything— glad you didn’t eat the quesadilla beside it because we might be having a whole other conversation—“ 
“Y/n, what’s going to happen?” He exclaimed. You looked at him sensing the panic and took a deep breath because this was going to be a weird conversation. 
“It’s nothing too bad um… The order was for a guy and his wife who are trying to have a baby. They came to the shop hoping for some fertility help so um…” You stared at him knowing this was about to get awkward. 
“You might feel extra horny is the main thing it does, just don’t cum because it’s going to make it even worse. So if you can make it to midnight without any touching or anything it won’t be too bad.” You tried to smile at him, but you couldn’t because of one glaring detail. 
There were three waffles you made for the order. You had designed them so both the guy and his wife would take one each and possibly split the last one for another time. You hadn’t researched what might happen if one person ate all three.
“Then again Jungkook, things might not be as manageable since you ate all three of them. Just take it easy today, ok baby.” You ushered him over to his comfy chair and took up serving for the both of you. 
Jungkook tried to pay attention to his food, but as soon as you told him that the waffles he ate earlier were enchanted it was as if all the effects started hitting him all at once. 
When you came over to bring his plate he couldn’t tear his attention away from your legs. You were wearing a baggy shirt, something he knew was the only thing you were wearing. Maybe he was just thinking about it too much but he couldn’t stop staring at you, even when you went back over to the dining table. 
He tried to turn back around but even when he started eating all he could picture was your legs and covering your body with whipped cream. How nice would it to lick it off your body. He thought about the look on your face and all those pretty sounds you’d make, you’d be so sweet for him… so, so sweet. 
There was no denying he was hot… but as the minutes ticked away and you both ate, the more that normal level of need seemed to spiral. 
It got almost unbearable so quickly, he was sweating and had every urge to do the one thing that you said not to. He wanted to get up and take you right there on the dining table. As much as he wanted to play with the whipped cream that would have to wait for another time because he wanted you so badly. 
“Hey Jungkook, you ok?” He heard your voice cut through the fog. He wanted to hear what you would sound like with his cock inside you. 
“Erm— um, just getting a bit hot.” Jungkook tried to chuckle, but he was very much trying to downplay it. All he could think about was finally giving you the daughter you always wanted.
“I don’t know… are you sure? You seem a bit shaky over there…” You asked, a little concerned. He knew you’d feel so nice, you always feel so nice for him. So nice and all his.
It was starting to hurt.
“Y/n, can you put the whipped cream away…” Jungkook asked as calmly as he could.
“Whhyyy?” You questioned his odd request. 
“It’s making me think things—“ His voice was straining just even mentioning the white, fluffy substance. 
You got up and hurriedly put it away. “Jungkook you got this, ok? All you gotta do is make it to midnight tonight.” Your words were meant to be comforting but he could have burst into tears.
He had to manage this until tonight and it was— 10:38 in the morning?! It already hurt so much, how was he going to not do anything till then??!!!
It was probably only about 10 minutes later that it got to the point of being unbearable. He hurriedly slipped away and headed straight for the bathroom, a little ashamed for you to see him like this.
As soon as the door closed behind him he took a deep breath, knowing what he was about to do. Jungkook hardly managed to withstand an hour of the waffles effects. Usually he was so much better at restraining himself, but, but, but—
Before he could think about it anymore Jungkook slipped his thumbs underneath the waistband of his pajama pants and slowly pulled them down until his cock popped out, hissing at the way it slapped his stomach.
Immediately his mind thought back to all the times you were on your knees for him, the way you always knew how to make him a mess for you. Jungkook thought back to that time he was in this exact position, his back against the bathroom door and you on your knees pleasing him so well. 
The minute his hand wrapped around his aching length, a sigh of relief slipped passed his lips at the instant satisfaction he felt. Jungkook hadn’t touched himself like this since before you started dating, it’s been so long but it’s never felt this good before. 
The minute his hand started to move, the more the relief came and again he so desperately wished you were here in front of him. He got back to the routine that kept him sane throughout his sex drought in college. 
He thought about your legs again and how easy it would be to take off that shirt and have you bare and needy for him. 
“Fuck…” He sighed into the echoey bathroom. What he would do if you were here.
The thought alone had his hand speeding up and a feeling he knew he had to stay away from settling in the pit of his stomach. 
All he needed to do was not cum. That’s all he had to do.
He kept telling himself that but it just felt so good, he couldn’t stop despite the fact he was going to cum soon.
The way you look up at him when you’re on his knees, like you wanted him just as much of a mess as he is now.
“No, no, no…” Jungkook cried. It pained him, but he slowed his pace to something a little more comfortable so he wouldn’t explode. He shouldn’t give in that easily. 
Jungkook hurriedly scrambled to think of the most unsexy thing possible. Normally he would have a go-to thing for times he feared cumming too quickly, but maybe it was the enchantment, his mind was blank besides the most unholy thoughts on what he wanted to do with you.
The way you would do this…
He imagined your hands in place the way you would stroke him before focusing on the tip, something that would always have him crying out and closer than he wanted to admit. Jungkook matched your movements and he wasn’t surprised to notice the amount of pre-cum leaking from the tip. You were making him such a mess and you weren’t even here.  
“Ennggg— fuck, Y/n…” He moaned out softly as his thumb rubbed over the the slit, just like the way you would do it. Just like when you’re in front of him, Jungkook quickly felt himself heading straight for the edge. 
He was just so sensitive, this fucking enchantment, why did this have to happen today of all days? He already woke up eager to play with you today, and his fucking whipped cream plans had to be canceled. 
Jungkook already had a plan of convincing you. He would have grabbed the can after he told you he was interested and sprayed it in the spot on your neck he knew made you weak for him and licked it right off of you. In his dream earlier this morning you were intrigued and somehow he convinced you to let him lick it off of you… everywhere.
Just the fact that you were here made it hard to resist going out there and asking you to help him. He wanted you so bad. 
That was apparently the last straw because his hurried pace returned and he was so so fucking close. 
In his mind he quickly tried to go through the mental gymnastics to justify giving in and cumming now, but he knew you said it would only get worse if he did. As tempted as he was, and he was so close, he still found himself letting go, despite how much he wanted to. 
How was he going to make it through this day? 
After a little while the feeling dissipated and Jungkook felt considerably more hot and bothered than before and he couldn’t stop his hand wrapping around his length once more.
There wasn’t any way he could do this…
•─────✧─────•
It took a little while for you to realize that Jungkook was gone for so long. You had been still enjoying your waffles and got lost in thought thinking about some of the things you needed to do at the shop today. It really wasn’t much, just a few clients coming in to pick up their orders and you needed to check inventory. Well, that’s all you would have to do if Jungkook hadn’t eaten the waffles, you have to redo the order. Luckily the couple wouldn’t be coming till tomorrow, but this was something you wanted done and in the shop since they were picking up their stuff early in the morning.
You sighed getting up and going ahead and doing the dishes from your waffle feast. You also decided to try and be a little productive and go ahead and get a head start on working on the enchantment again so you can head to the shop downstairs. 
You headed over to your bedroom and that’s when it finally hit you that Jungkook had disappeared for a while. You wouldn’t think much of it, thinking he might have maybe been in the shower and he liked to take long showers for some reason, but all it took was a second of you standing still to hear the watering wasn’t running, but the sound of a soft moan from the other side. 
Your whole body lit ablaze at the thought, knowing the sight on the other side of the door would be absolutely otherworldly, but you reminded yourself of the situation. 
You went over and knocked on the door. “Jungkook…” You called out. 
“Ughhh—— yes…” His voice was soft but you could hear the strain. 
“Jungkook, what are you doing?” You asked, but you knew. 
“Y/n… it hurts… wanna cum so bad—“ He whined and once again you wished you were on the other side of this door.
“I told you that’s not gonna help. It’ll make things worse and it seems like it’s pretty bad already.” You tried to reassure, but you knew that wouldn’t help. Jungkook’s usually pretty good at not giving into temptation, the fact that the effects of the waffles has him a mess this much already made you a little concerned. This was bad. 
Silence passed for a while, but through the door you could hear his labored breaths on the other side. 
“Y/n, I want you so bad— fuck…” He moaned, almost like an invitation for you to open the door. “Please… please… I’m not gonna make it till midnight.” He begged and it took everything for you not to open the door. 
“You know we can’t do that… I promise at midnight if you want to, we can have some fun.” You tried to give him hope, but once again you knew you probably weren’t helping. 
Silence passed again, except his moans were a little louder this time. 
“Hey Jungkook…” 
“Ye— yeah?” 
“Why are you in there? It’s just me out here, you know?” You chuckled lightly, but you were curious. 
“I’m a mess, this is so embarrassing…” He sighed and you could hardly believe he thought that. 
“What do you mean embarrassing? You sound so hot just here from the other side of the door.” You smirked, oh what you would have paid to watch. 
“You wanna watch me?” He almost sounded baffled at the idea and you could have laughed. 
“So badly baby, I bet you look so pretty. I’ve never seen you touch yourself, wanna see how you do it.” You were hot, and you thought he would tease you for it but suddenly on the other side you heard his moans get more pained and desperate. 
“Y/n, stop-stop talking! Fuck, you’re gonna make me—“ He cried.
“But you won't, right?” You quickly interjected and you heard him cry out before he started to calm down. Oh, he’s so hot.
“You didn’t cum right?” You asked eventually. 
“No, but I almost did— we really shouldn’t be talking like this…” Jungkook sighed.
“Yeah, you’re right…” Stupid fucking waffles… 
“Did you need to come in here, sorry if I—“ 
“No! You’re fine, just was about to change so I can head to the shop in a bit.” You almost forgot why you were even in here. 
“Yeah… we can’t keep talking, oh my gosh—“ At his words you finally realized the implications of your own. 
“Just the thought of me naked makes—“ 
“Y/n! Please…” He pleaded, you were getting him so riled up so easily. This wasn’t good at all. 
“Sorryyy~” You chuckled, finding a little too much amusement at the situation. “Anyway, I’ll be in and out. Don’t pay me any mind and again… try not to do anything. Don’t give into the temptation, alright~” 
“You make it sound so easy, but alright please be quick.” 
“Promise, I’ll be in the kitchen if you need me!” 
You kept your promise and you were in and out of the room quickly. Your brain was a little scrambled from what happened, but you remembered you had another order to reprepare so you got yourself to focus and started back on it. 
You went straight to work, taking some of the elements out of your special room and preparing the ingredients for later. Typical fertility enchantments didn’t take too long but you always wanted the best experience for your customers and the guy and his wife were high payers. You made sure to throw in everything that would guarantee that after they ate the waffles they would finally get that positive test plus have a great time doing it. 
E. Pasos— was a powerful ingredient that really helped increase sexual desire so they would have the urge to do it more = higher chances of it working. 
L. Umtra— was the nasty ingredient that was really biting Jungkook’s ass right now. It added a little more onto this effect, making it so each “round” would only increase the desire, the passion, added once again to increase activity = higher chances of it working. 
F. Earo— is typically the most popular ingredient when making fertility enchantments. It’s a general ingredient that makes their bodies more suitable for conception, the effects are most easily seen in males— increasing sperm count and producing healthier sperm. 
P. Omer— was a fun one you threw in, it increases sensitivity and pleasure felt during the experience. So many times have you heard couples who’ve been trying for kids forever does sex start to become a chore, and your heart was soft for the pleading couple after they told you they had been trying for 4 years, so you threw in some extra spice to make the day they try this out a wonderful experience. 
U. Haqo— was another fun one you threw in that increased oragasm quality.
There was also a bunch of base ingredients for enchantments and others that were a little more technical that essentially go into the enchantment actually working. All the ingredients took a while to prepare and make sure they were perfect before you could add your special touch, that brought the enchantment to life, turning the ingredients from well… ingredients into the magic that you would cook into the waffles again, a request from the clients themselves. 
Some find the process incredibly tedious, your mom did when she worked at the shop, but you found it all calming. Work stressed you out more often than not, but you loved it so much. 
You were happily humming along to that song that’s been stuck in your head for the last week as you plucked off the leaves of R. Tinbi, one of those base ingredients for the enchantment. You had managed to get most of the ingredients prepared, now only left with the simple ones, when suddenly you heard footsteps. 
You didn’t even look up to know Jungkook had finally made his way out of the bathroom and was making his way over to you at the island. You really didn’t think much of it, almost forgetting about the whole predicament once again, but when he finally came into your peripheral you were instantly reminded. 
You finally turned your head to see him hunched over the countertop, his baggy short sleeved shirt that had a picture of Iron Man on it was long gone, and his red, plaid pajama pants haphazardly clung onto his tiny waist. That very prominent v-line that always made your mouth water was on display and suddenly you forgot what you were doing. 
You tried not to stare though, not wanting to make things any harder for him. You went back to plucking off the leaves. 
“P-Please tell me you’re working on a way to fix this…” He sighed, leaning over the counter a little more. It was also then that you realized his hair was a little wet and you noticed the shininess to his skin. 
“Baby you know if there was any way to fix this other than letting it take its course then I would help you… it would take longer than the time left to research—“ You suddenly heard his hand hit the counter before you saw him walk over to you from around the island. 
You watched as he got closer till he was standing right in front of you, you stared at him wide eyed, confused about what he was doing. 
He looked down at you with pleading eyes, his hand coming up and grabbing onto your waist, and you knew what he wanted. You wanted to tell him this wasn’t a good idea, but you couldn’t deny him when you felt him lift you onto the counter, you didn’t want to either. 
Jungkook looked at you with so much need, you could feel it too, how much pain this enchantment has caused and how much you wanted to help him. You felt tingles run through your entire body when his hand came up and caressed your bare thigh, making you instantly open your legs wider so he could be even closer. 
No time left was spared as Jungkook hastily pulled you close smashing his lips onto yours. He was hungry, desperate and he made sure you could feel it, kissing you with such ferocity you could hardly keep up. His hand had snaked up to cup your cheek to keep you close, even taking a second to breathe seemed hard. 
You were also sent the painful reminder that your boyfriend never wore underwear when he was home. Jungkook eagerly chased your hips, you both falling into a clumsy rhythm that made your whole body burn each time he whined softly into your mouth. 
You felt his hands hurriedly reach in between you and he fumbled with the button before he hurriedly pulled the zipper down on your shorts. Your hands ran up his toned arms, feeling the ink that over the years started to decorate his right arm, running up over his shoulder to tangle in his long dark hair. You tugged on that lightly, knowing how much he normally enjoys that and you were rewarded with a beautiful moan that was swallowed into the kiss. 
It was then that you started to feel the tug on your shorts. The angle was awkward since you were sitting on the countertop, it made them hard to pull down without separating long enough for you to try and wiggle out of them. 
At the challenge Jungkook broke away, clearly frustrated at the stupid barrier. 
“Why shorts, why did you have to wear fucking shorts…” He whined, still trying to feel you the best he could and he found it so difficult to stop long enough to make more of an effort to try and get your shorts off. 
The moment apart finally gave you that clarity you needed to realize what you both were about to do. 
“Jungkook, wait, we can’t do this…” You were sad, and you wanted so much to have him like this, but you knew things would only get worse if you continued. You didn’t want to see him in any more pain. 
“No… please… please Y/n, I feel like I’m going to explode.” The desperation in his voice made it harder to deny him. “I can’t make it to midnight, I can’t, I can’t—“ 
“But you’ll just end up feeling worse, plus I have things I need to do—“ You suddenly felt his hand move from your waist and reach between you both once again as he buried his head in your shoulder. 
You looked between you both and a whole new wave of tingles spread through your body as you watched your boyfriend tug down his pajama pants slightly and pull out his cock. 
Oh my g—
“You said you wanted to watch…” He shakily breathed out as his hand wrapped around his length, pumping himself slowly. 
It felt almost wrong to bear witness to such a glorious sight. Even with your shadows in the way you were reminded how beautiful your boyfriends cock was, the tip red and angry, that vein that you loved to lick ran along the side, and pre-cum was just oozing from the tip. To see that along with his pretty ass tattooed hand wrapped around was almost too much.
“Mmmm, oh— fuck, wanna cum so bad.” He said moaning into your skin. 
Knowing you could have a guy as beautiful as Jungkook such a mess and all for you made you want to give in so bad. 
You relished in his soft curses, the way he would moan, and the shaky breathes he would let out each time he would make it to the tip. The scene was lewd, and so much hotter than you could have ever imagined. 
You were in a trance at the sight until you felt his lips on your skin, kissing lightly until he reached that spot. You sighed and pulled him closer. Was this enchantment contagious? Maybe it was your boyfriend working his own magic like he always finds a way to? Whatever it was, was working on you too well. Oh, you wanted him so bad. 
You wrapped your legs around his waist and wrapped your arms around his neck, easily grabbing onto his hair and pulling it just the way he likes. He whined and rutted into you, so sensitive. 
You tilted his head so your lips were right by his ear. 
“Is this what you want?” You whispered softly and you got the most glorious moan out of him.
“Oh g—“ You didn’t give him time at all to finish before you were sucking hard on his neck. You felt his hand come up on your waist, both trying to pull your shorts down and pulling you closer to him, while he rocked his hips into you. 
“Close— Y/n please I’m so close—“ He whined, getting even more desperate at tugging at your shorts. You certainly felt it too, his quickened pace and started to get a little more inconsistent, desperate. 
You took the opportunity and pushed him away slightly. 
“N-No, please please!” He cried as you hopped off the countertop but you were quick at pushing him so he hit the counter across from where you were. He watched you wide eyed as you slowly walked over to him till you were standing only inches away. 
You took a moment to admire the view, giving him a once over at how much of a mess he truly had become. His skin glistened even more, his lips were shiny, and his hair was all frazzled and in his face. Oh how much you wish you could absolutely devour him. 
“You seriously don’t think you can make it to midnight?” You tried to look him in the eyes but his cock was right there. 
He shook his head. “I can take anything, your pussy, your mouth, fuck, I’ll be good if you let me squeeze your boob at this point.” You couldn’t help but giggle at that last part. 
“You don’t care that it might come back even worse?” You asked again, getting a little closer. 
“All I care about is now and you standing right in front of me, I could give a fuck about what happens 5 minutes from now.” Jungkook grabbed onto your waist hoping you won’t leave him. 
“Wellll…” You backed away and turned back to the island, grabbing onto the R. Tinbi leaves. “Someone ate my order today so I’m a little busy but—“ You leaned against the counter and arched your back in a way you knew made your ass look great. 
Jungkook quickly took the hint and grabbed onto your waist already rubbing himself against the rough fabric. 
“You’re perfect…” he sighed, grabbing a fistful of your ass and using his other hand to pull your hips back against his. You moaned lightly trying to focus on the leaves, but Jungkook was quick at making that task impossible. 
“You should see yourself, so fucking hot and mine.” His voice was already shaky again. He was so right, you knew deep down in your heart from the moment he first saw your special room there would be no one else, no one could make you feel as good as he did. 
Dazed and with your attention still on the leaves you felt his hand snake around and slipped down your panties, quickly finding your clit. 
“Oh fuck! Jungkook—“ You whined when he started rubbing your clit. You really weren’t expecting him to touch you at all, but leave it to your boyfriend, even in a state like this, to still try to make sure you felt good too. 
“Shit, you’re so wet for me baby… You like seeing me like this?” Jungkook was trying to tease you but he was so fucking turned on right now saying it out loud just made things worse. He had been so worried about embarrassing himself in front of you, but hearing, feeling you were turned on by his situation was more than he could take. 
Your moans were enough to make rational thinking seem impossible, suddenly the goal of getting your shorts down your legs seemed like it would take too much time and his brain just wasn’t working anymore. 
In a haste Jungkook did the most highschool thing he probably could have done in that moment, lining himself up before pushing himself right between your thighs. Jungkook’s face burned from how embarrassing this was, but he could care less right now. 
“I’m— so sorry, I can’t— I’m sorry—“ He moaned as he started literally fucking your thighs, his pace not holding back at all. 
You were a little confused by what was happening but while his hips were quick so were his fingers, speeding up so fast any questions or witty remarks you had left your brain in an instant. 
“Oh— fuck, fuck!” You moaned.
“So good, you feel so good Y/n!” You could tell just by his voice he was getting close. Part of you was tempted to ask him once again if this was really worth it, but you felt repeating it was redundant at this point. He had already made up his mind. Instead you just squeezed your thighs a little tighter together, hoping that might help.
“Ennnggg, oh-oh my gosh—“ Jungkook hurried his head in your neck, so close he could practically taste it at this point. His pace started to falter. 
“It’s ok, it’s ok…” You tried to reassure, sensing he was holding back. 
“I’m sorry, I’m sorry, I’m sorry, I’m—“ Jungkook didn’t know what he was expecting if he came, the build up was just too much he knew he would feel better if only for a little while. What he wasn’t expecting, never would have expected was, as the ropes of cum started to shoot out, the most earth shattering orgasm he had ever experienced. 
As that wave of pleasure washed over him, he swore he transcended to the 10th dimension. He couldn’t speak, scream, moan, the pleasure too much, it was as if time stopped for a few seconds. The sensations were so intense, it felt like it lasted forever, a forever of bliss he couldn’t describe. It was better than a high he had experienced, a better high than he knew other drugs were capable of. It only seemed to get better as the seconds ticked away.
Part of Jungkook thought he had died, that he had transcended to a plane somewhere else, somewhere far beyond this earth. He swore he could see colors that never existed, 7:00 was purple, October was roast beef, Jupiter was a quarter. 
You were at first a little confused about what happened, he had suddenly gone almost silent except a few whimpers you felt in your skin as he steadily continued to rock his hips and how the hand gripping your waist was shaky. It was then that you remembered the U. Haqo and knew that whatever it was, was probably good. 
It was a solid few minutes before he finally came down, as the pleasure slowly faded, Jungkook was hit with another satisfying sensation, the feeling of complete normalcy.
You suddenly felt his weight shift on you completely. 
“Woah, are you ok?” You chuckled as you finally asked. 
“No… so good, feel better, but tired…” Complete sentences seemed impossible right now, that oragasm turning his brain into mush. You were luckily able to pick up on what he was trying to say.
“I bet, you ate all 3 of those—“ You had been so focused on Jungkook you had yet to actually look down, your attention finally drifting downwards when you felt something running down your leg. You weren’t prepared for the sight. What was going down your leg was the least of your worries, right there running down your island was an obvious white stream you knew wasn’t there before. 
“Holy shit, Jungkook…” You were stunned but once again you realized this was another ingredient to the enchantment at work. 
“Mmmmm?” He groaned lazily, still trying to still come back from that orgasm. 
“You came all over our island.” You laughed. 
This was enough to finally get him to lift his head and he was met with the same sight you were. Jungkook could feel the embarrassment creeping up, but his post-nut bliss was enough to keep him from freaking out about it too much. He knew this would make him scream into a pillow later though. 
“Sorry…” He sighed, gently caressing the skin where your shirt had come up slightly. 
Even with your limited Korean knowledge, you knew he had apologized. “It’s fine, it's another thing from the enchantment. I’ll worry about this, you go head to the bed. I’ll come back soon so I can put you to sleep before it comes back, hopefully you can sleep this off till midnight.” 
He nodded and slowly wobbled himself back over to your bedroom. 
You were quick to get to work knowing time was of the essence. You grabbed a towel and wiped the cum off your leg and the island, and headed straight to your room where Jungkook had already snuggled up in the blankets. 
Part of you wondered if he might go to sleep on his own, but as you got closer you noticed the pained look on his face. 
“Is it already back?” You questioned.
“Not yet, but I feel it coming.” He looked up at you. 
“Alright, hopefully this will keep you asleep till midnight, but since it’s magic vs magic, I can’t make any promises. You’ll at least be able to have a few hours with some peace.” You sat down on the bed and ran your fingers through his hair. Jungkook nodded, sleepily. 
“Wish you could stay, wanna cuddle…” He pouted and you were this close to throwing away all your responsibilities for the day away just so you could snuggle with him. 
“I do too, I’ll hop into bed with you as soon as I come back from the shop I promise.” You smiled and he did as well. It was then that you leaned down and softly kissed his cheek, you watched as his smile started to fade as his eyes quickly fluttered closed.
Oh you were so tempted. 
But nevertheless you hopped up and headed straight for the shower, even though you already took one earlier this morning, you figured you needed another after your time with Jungkook. 
You were out quickly and went back to work on getting the enchantment made as quickly as you could. You knew your clients would be coming in soon to pick up their orders and the couple called you when you got out of the shower and asked if they could pick up their order early because of a schedule change. 
Luckily most had already been done before Jungkook came in. You finally finished plucking the leaves and got the two remaining ingredients ready and carried them all into your special room for mixing. It was a good thirty minutes before the sparkly white powder was created and ready to be mixed in with the waffles. 
In no time at all (you did have a little help from your magic utensils helping you out) three hot and ready waffles were on the plate and you took them back to your special room. You closed the door behind you, waited for a second, before opening the door back up to the back room of The Magic Shop. 
It wasn’t long after you got there did you hear a knock on the door and you were delighted to see the couple peeking in through the door. You happily guided them back over to the register where you showed them the waffles wrapped up. 
“Thank you so much for doing this— this is one of our last chances at trying to do this the natural way.” The wife smiled at you. 
“I’m so glad I could help you both, hold up let me just—“ You quietly snapped your fingers making sure the waffles would stay warm until they both decided to eat them and then handed them over to them. 
“Let’s hope this works…” The husband looked over at his wife and squeezed her hand a little tighter, but then turned to you. “We have high hopes though, we heard amazing things about this place so we’re really hoping for the best.”
They were one of your many clients who knew nothing about what was actually the secret behind all of your products working so well. Part of you wished you could tell them so they would be reassured. 
“Really hoping for you both as well, I wish you guys luck.” The couple thanked you before heading back outside. 
As soon as they left you went back to your special room and started bringing out all of the other orders of people you were expecting today. You sighed looking at them all knowing you would probably be down here for a while, hoping that Jungkook would be ok upstairs. 
•─────✧─────•
The first thing Jungkook felt when he came to was pain, it didn’t hurt necessarily but there was no other word that he could describe it with. A need so desperate it almost was painful. The sun had gone down outside, a dark blue hue filling the room, and the clock on his nightstand read 8:34 when he finally looked over. 
You were right, it was so much worse. 
Jungkook was tempted to just make himself cum right now, unable to fathom how he would be able to make it nearly 4 hours. 
He couldn’t. 
This still didn’t stop him from trying his best. Jungkook gripped the blankets and shut his eyes hard, hoping maybe he could make himself go to sleep again. Only after 5 seconds he knew that wasn’t going to happen. 
He was just so— so…
Jungkook shifted his hips slightly and the fabric of his pajama pants was enough to make him lose his mind. 
Gosh, where were you? Jungkook hoped when he woke up it would be midnight (or at least close to it) and you were cuddled up in his arms like you promised. At least if he was going to fail, he’d rather do it inside you this time. 
Jungkook groaned softly thinking back to what went down in the kitchen, how nice your body felt against his, how wet you had gotten at his flustered state. If only he had enough sense to have gotten your shorts down, what he would have done if he did... 
He was tempted to run downstairs and beg you to let him fuck you, he was tempted and honestly he would have done it if he didn’t know the fact you were still downstairs meant you were working. He didn’t want to be any more of a pain than the mess he’s already caused for you. 
He really should have fucking known those waffles were for The Magic Shop, there really was no excuse for his actions other than he was hungry and didn’t care enough to realize what he was doing. 
Fuck— but he just missed you so much. He wished so badly he had opened his eyes and felt your arms wrapped around him, that when he had turned over he could have seen your smile. He would have kissed you and—
“Oh g—“ the moan got caught in his throat when he slid his hand under the waistband of his pants and hurriedly started pumping his cock. Jungkook was not at all prepared for the sensation, so intense, so fucking good he could already feel himself spiraling over the edge once again. 
In a rush he had to let go, knowing in that moment if he didn’t stop he would reach the point of no return already. 
Jungkook sat there for a second staring up at the darkened ceiling, just wondering how the hell he was going to somehow make it to midnight. If you were you— no if you were here, he would have cum already. 
He contemplated once again, heading downstairs, desperate to be inside you at this point, but being a good, respectful boyfriend mattered more no matter how horny he was. Jungkook flipped around anxiously, wondering how he was possibly going to get through this, when in the darkness your empty side made him focus on your pillow. 
No.
No. 
Jungkook, you're better than that— is what he tried to tell himself, he was screaming at himself that he was better than that, but he wasn’t, not when he felt like this. 
He finally kicked off his pajama pants and flipped over, staring at his pillow with so much shame, but that didn’t stop him as he slowly pushed the pillow further down. As soon as it was close enough, he steadily started rocking into it. 
Jungkook immediately thought of you again, when you would be here underneath him like this. Jungkook would always watch your pretty face as he thrusted into and— oh fuck, when you would moan his name and tell him how good he was making you feel. 
He hurriedly picked up the pace. “G—g, oh my g—“ 
You would always take him so well, you were so fucking perfect. He wanted to be inside you so bad right now. He missed feeling the way your walls would embrace him, you were always so fucking tight, and wet, and warm, and—
He was absolutely delusional at this point. He could see you underneath him, feel you underneath him, he could hear your moans and the way you pleaded for him to go faster. 
Gosh, he wanted to fill you up so fucking bad. 
It nearly hit him in the face when he felt himself hastily getting way too close, he had to quickly get off the pillow. 
His whole body cried and contorted, trying to get the feeling to pass. Jungkook nearly thought he was going to cum anyway, but he steadily calmed himself down. 
How the fuck is he going to make this? He knew he should stop, he knew that it would be better to wait it out than keep putting himself through this torture but he wasn’t thinking clearly at all. All he cared about was chasing that high as close as he can, until finally midnight rolled around and he could finally fucking cum. 
Jungkook got back over the pillow and rocked his hips a little slower. Maybe this might help, if he goes slow he can get the best of both worlds. A little bit of pleasure but also so he wouldn’t risk going too far. 
Jungkook moaned lightly at the feeling. This will be fine. He can go this, he can do this.
•─────✧─────•
It wasn’t until a little after 11:00 that you were finally making your way back up to the apartment. You were annoyed as hell because you pretty much worked an entire extra shift and of course today had to be the day that this happens. You had a couple of people who were picking up orders call and say they would be late, and late turned into two whole hours later, before you were finally closing the shop for good. Taking inventory also turned into a whole mess, the site where you normally get your ingredients from acted up and you were basically on the phone for a good three hours getting your order straight. And then you ended up spending an extra hour getting the shop ready for Monday, knowing you had absolutely no plans on coming in tomorrow. 
In turn, you were stuck downstairs almost all day thinking about your boyfriend upstairs. You kept hoping that the enchantment was strong enough and that he was still asleep, but like you feared as soon as you opened up the door of your special room once again you could immediately hear muffled moans. 
You hastily made your way down the hall and you honestly didn’t know what you were expecting when you rounded the corner, but you still found yourself shocked when you finally realized what you were looking at. 
The bed had basically been deconstructed, all the pillows and blankets had been thrown to the floor and the sheets were barely staying on. On your side of the bed was your boyfriend, his pajama pants were now gone. In one hand was your purple vibrator you typically kept in your nightstand, the could hear the slow, light buzzing as he slowly ran it along his cock. In the other hand he gripped hard, what you could only assume was your pillow, tightly over his face, making you instantly rush over because what the hell was he doing?! 
“Jungkook?!” You cried, ripping the pillow away. You heard him whine as you pulled it out of his hand. You were met with his wet face. You would have just chalked it up to be sweat, but noticing that his cheeks were noticeably damp making you realize he had likely been crying. 
He blinked up at you a little confused. 
“Y/n, is that really you?” His voice was a little horse. It was then that you also realized one of your lingerie sets bottoms was beside him.
You got down on your knees. “Yeah it’s me baby, I’m sorry I’m late…” You reached over and stroked his cheek. 
“Please tell me it’s 11:59…” He whined, a noticeable tear rolling down his cheek and onto your hand. 
“Almost it’s…” you looked over at the clock “11:21.” You reassured thinking that might be some sort of good news, but he just groaned and more tears spilled from his eyes. 
“How am I going to…” He quietly trailed off, not even bothering to finish. 
“Jungkook, what were you doing with a pillow on your face?” You asked, a little concerned. 
“Your pillow smells like you, missed you so much, I’m sorry.” He softly apologized and you felt instant relief knowing it wasn’t what you thought was happening. “Where were you? Thought you were gonna be here when I woke up…” He pouted. 
“I’m sorry, things kept holding me up downstairs, took me forever to make it back up. A lot’s happened though since I left.” You chuckled, pointing out how disheveled the room was. 
“It’s been so hard, you don’t even wanna know…” He sighed and it was also then that you realized he never turned your vibrator off. 
“You didn’t cum, did you?” You asked, not tearing your attention away from the way he gripped his dick with one hand and the way he ran the vibrator along it, how he shook every time he reached the tip. 
“Ennnggg— once— it was on accident, I had just woken up and… I don’t know what happened, but I ended up cumming on my pillow and—“ 
“Wait… how would you…?” Your imagination had immediately started running wild. 
“I missed you, and it’s embarrassing…” 
Jungkook had reached some of his lowest of lows today. He had fucked the crease between his girlfriend’s thighs because he couldn’t get her shorts off, and then he ended up fucking a pillow. 
It was right after he convinced himself that he was going to be able to do this. He had gotten caught up in imagining the pillow was you and he still was so sensitive from how he almost came earlier from his last attempt, but he really wasn’t ready for that wave to hit him like that. Jungkook didn’t even get a chance to try and stop it, his cum all of a sudden all over his pillow case and the shame, pleasure, and relief he felt in that moment for another earth-shattering orgasm. 
Shakily he wobbled over to the laundry room to toss it into the washer and he almost ran back to the shower and turned it on the coldest possible setting he could before hopping in, hoping it might cool him down a bit before the feeling came back. That didn’t help at all, magic being difficult like that, and that’s how he ended up stumbling out of the shower, grabbed the first thing he saw in your underwear drawer, along with your vibrator and had been here since trying his best to make it till you finally made it back. 
He’s nearly come more times than he could count at this point and just seeing you standing here next to him finally had started making things harder than ever before. 
“What time did you wake up?” You asked. 
“8:30– I’ve been edging for nearly 4 hours… feel like I’m gonna explode.” He couldn’t laugh at that anymore, because he really did feel like he actually might explode at this point— on you, fuck, he wanted you so bad. 
Your hand along his cheek sent a fire in him and this unbearable, unquenchable lust that he’s felt all day, was starting to reach a pinnacle that made his skin burn hotter than any fire. Gosh, a lust enchantment and he hasn’t been able to fuck you all day? 
To make matters worse even before the enchantment he was feeling extra needy, work this week for the both of you keeping you apart and he was looking forward to this Saturday to make up for all the lost time. 
You started noticing the look of distress on his face the more you looked at him. “Baby, you ok?”
“No—fuck, no I’m not ok. Can you leave? I don’t mean to be rude but you right beside me is making me think things, I fucking want you so… so, so, so fucking bad right now and I feel like if you stand here any longer touching my face I’m gonna cum and— it’s already so bad I don’t know if I can do this again—“ 
“What if you did?” You were still dazed staring at his pretty cock and your vibrator. 
“What?!” He sounded pissed, he was pissed, here he was begging you—
“I mean Jungkook there’s only a little over 30 minutes left of the day~ What if we take advantage of this enchantment and you can fuck my brains out or something till midnight hits.” You finally turned back to his face to see him staring at you.
“Take it as an apology for making you feel so miserable all day and… I swear watching you all day has made me so wet, so maybe we call it even and we have a little fun.” You smiled, hoping he might say yes.
He continued to just stare at you.
“We don’t have to if you’re not up for it, I know things have been hard and you might just wanna make it throu—“
“Shut up if you don’t fucking mean it.” He suddenly said, sitting up on the bed. You were a little taken aback by his harsh words, but then you realized what’s going on. 
At the position change you reached up and ran your hands over his toned thighs. “I fucking mean it baby.” You smirked up at him and you heard your boyfriend literally whimper. 
“G—god I swear I’m gonna cum if you keep talking, please— fuck, please do something, anything, I just fucking want you.” He cried and you couldn’t have been happier. 
You were about to have so much fun. 
You watched him throw your vibrator across the room and scoot to the edge of the bed. You didn’t even try and tease as you ran your hands further up his thighs. 
You watched his eyes flutter closed as you made your way closer to where he wanted you. You watched his face intently as your fingers finally wrapped around the base. 
“Mmphh— yesyesyesyes, don’t stop please.” He gasped and this fueled you to push further. 
You slowly brought your hand up closer to the tip and enjoyed the way he whimpered under your touch as precum kept leaking from the tip. 
“Does it feel good?” You laughed slightly, seeing how much he struggled to keep it together. 
“Feel like I’m gonna explode…” His brain was just spaghetti at this point, not even realizing he switched over to Korean. 
Jungkook leaned back so he couldn’t watch you, the sight was too much already and you barely had started. Instead he gripped the crumpled up sheets tight as he felt your hands run over his length. It was just so good, he wanted to cum so bad—
As much fun as this was, seeing your boyfriend like this made you so eager to please and you quickly decided it was finally time to put him out of his misery. 
After working him a little further you brought your hand up to eagerly rub over the slit as you leaned down ready to take him in your mouth. 
“Oh—fuuu—“ He was not prepared, neither were you when his orgasm hit him so suddenly. You couldn’t help but stare as you watched the bliss wash over him, the way his face cutely scrunched up, the sheets were tight in his hands, and just like what happened earlier in the kitchen, you only heard him whimper quietly, the pleasure seemingly being too much. You were so entranced, you didn’t even realize some of it landed on your face.
It took a few minutes for it to finally wash over him, and just as he was starting to come back he let go of the sheets and put his hands over his face.
“Baby, what’s wrong?” You chuckled. 
“I’m sorry— that was— I’m so confused, fucking embarrassed, but ughh that was so hot.” He finally looked down at you, seeing the white streaks on your face. 
“Oh my g— so fucking hot— Y/n please don’t stop—“ He whined impatiently. 
“You sure? You just c—“ 
“I don’t care, don’t stop…” he pleaded, needing to feel you. This night was not ending without him being inside you at least once.
You chuckled as you grabbed a tissue and cleaned your face and hand. You didn’t waste anymore time and happily took him into your mouth. 
Jungkook was not at all prepared to feel your mouth around him— for 13 hours straight he had simply made do with the best he could, his hand, your thighs, a pillow, your vibrator on the lowest setting possible— they were fine and some even managed to push him over the edge. Maybe it had been so long since he felt your touch or this enchantment was absolutely insane because the minute you wrapped your pretty lips around his cock and started taking him… he was not at all prepared. You would have thought he had never been touched before in his life at how quickly he felt he could cum again, that feeling returning instantaneously.
His hand quickly went down to tangle in your hair as you pushed down as much as you could. He made the awful mistake of sitting up, wanting to look at you, but it just made things so much worse, seeing the way you were staring up at him as you took him so well. 
“You’re so good to me…” He sighed and he didn’t realize he said that out loud until he noticed you giggle as you came off him. 
“Is it that good? I’ve barely done anything yet.” You chuckled. 
“Mhmmm, go slow, don’t wanna cum too soon.” He pleaded. He wanted to savor every moment of this and this enchantment made it so all he wanted to do was cum down your throat.
Not yet though.
You nodded before going back down and swirling your tongue around the tip. You went slow like you promised and this was enough to get a frustrated whine from him. 
“Y/n— don’t do this to me please.” He looked down at you and you couldn’t help that wave of need travel through your body, making you squeeze your thighs together. Maybe on another day you would have teased him for longer, but you finally took him in your mouth as far as you could go. 
As you pulled back and went back down again, you enjoyed his soft sighs of pleasure he would let out occasionally, and by the look on his face you could tell you were doing well.
You brought your hand up to softly run over his thigh before wrapping around his length as stroking what you couldn’t take. At the combo, you relished in the moan he let out as his grip in your hair tightened. He looked so pretty like this, all you wanted to do was please him, so you steadily sped up your pace anticipating seeing that look of just pure euphoria wash over him once more. 
You were hellbent on getting him to cum in your mouth and you knew he was close, you could tell by his moans getting more desperate, and how he subtly held your head down making sure you wouldn’t leave. You were waiting for the moment, so close, but as you were sure he was right about to cum suddenly you felt him pull you off. 
You looked up at him confused as you saw him try and calm himself down. What was going on? Isn’t this what he wanted? 
You were not left confused for long as Jungkook shakily got up, you at eye level with his cock, shiny from your antics as precum leaked from the tip. You felt his hand cup your chin forcing you to look up at him. 
Jungkook was staring down at you, his lip tucked between his teeth as he ran his thumb over your bottom lip. 
“So fucking pretty…” He sighed as he looked at your delicate features staring up at him. So fucking pretty and you were all his. He wanted to absolutely ruin you.
“Wanna fuck your mouth baby~” He said so softly, his tone almost not matching at all with what he was asking. You felt his thumb reach into your mouth slightly to open your mouth a little wider. 
Your attention went back down to his cock right in front of your face, the way his tattooed hand came up and started stroking it slowly as he moved a little closer to your mouth. Your whole body ached with need, wanting this man inside you immediately. 
“Is that ok?” He shakily asked. 
Instead of responding, you nodded your head slowly leaning in a little closer so your lips brushed against the tip. You enjoyed the whimper you got out of him as a result. 
“Eeeehh— Open your mouth— I mean open your mouth please, fuck!” Jungkook moaned and you instantly followed his command and he moved his hand so it was resting on your head and he guided you straight to his cock as you slowly took him. 
“Ohhhh, yes, yes, yes…” He sighed the minute he saw the last inch disappear into your mouth. You could feel his hand on your head start to shake lightly, and you could only figure he must be close.
Jungkook slowly pulled his hips back before shakily thrusting back in. He was trying to be gentle but your mouth and this fucking enchantment made that almost impossible. 
You felt so good around him and the way you were looking at him as he stared down into your eyes… he was so close. 
He sped up slightly. 
That sensation quickly returned, the overwhelming feeling quickly boiled over into a blinding white light, so so good. He had to force his eyes to stay open as he watched himself cum in your mouth. He wanted to see. 
You let him recover before pulling off eventually. 
Jungkook didn’t let the peace carry on for long before he was pulling you onto your feet and even quicker were you pressed against the dresser behind you as Jungkook kissed you hungrily. 
“You— you sure you want to keep going?” You asked in between his kisses. You were honestly baffled he hadn’t collapsed yet, but that enchantment was all to thank for that. 
“Yes— can’t stop.” He really couldn’t, this enchantment already having that craving back faster than ever and with an intensity that he couldn’t imagine as somehow worse. Jungkook wasn’t done yet with you at all, this was still just the beginning. 
He made the point clear by pulling you back with him so you both fell back on the bed. Jungkook didn’t waste any time as he wrapped your legs around his waist and he was hurriedly leaning over so he could kiss you. 
You wrapped your arms around his neck to pull him even closer. You wanted him and you knew you were just on the cusp of feeling him inside you. You got even more excited when you felt him tugging on your shorts. 
“Are you serious?!” Jungkook exclaimed as he struggled to get them down once again. They were just comfy shorts you threw on, hoping these might be a little easier to deal with than your jean shorts from earlier, but it seems you thought wrong.
Jungkook got frustrated and instead focused on pulling up your shirt and helped you get it over your head and you unclipped your bra and threw it across the room. You didn’t think too much of it, ready to finally get naked and busy, that is until you noticed his gaze locked on your chest.
You were about to question him, but his hand quickly came up and started massaging the softness. Oh. 
You moaned softly as his thumb flicked over the nipple before leaning forward a little more and sucking it. You were a bit taken aback by his actions, but Jungkook’s eager mouth was quick at pulling you back in the moment. 
“Can’t wait to see you covered with whipped cream.” He mumbled softly, but his eyes weren’t on yours. You honestly had no idea what he was talking about or if he was speaking to you or your boobs? 
“Baby, what are you talking about?” You chuckled slightly, running your hands through his soft hair. 
“Our plans for tomorrow, wish they were for now but— ughh— Y/n, need you please.” His gaze finally met your own and he made sure to accentuate with a firm thrust. 
You were about to say something when you felt his hand travel down your body again and tug on your short strings. You hoped this time he would manage to get them down your legs, but you could sense the growing frustration at the fact he couldn’t even untie the little bow you made. 
“Why?! Why can’t I—?!” The more he pulled the worse the knot he had created got tighter, this enchantment seemingly making his brain all scrambled. 
As funny as it was to watch, you were more eager for what was going to happen next so you pushed him away slightly so you could finally shimmy your shorts down your legs. 
Jungkook looked at you thankful for the help and his whole body seemingly cried when your shorts and panties were gone and flung across the room. Seeing you naked, fuck, he’s wanted you like this all day. As much as he wanted to feel you around him, Jungkook was more interested in pleasing you. 
You expected him to get back on top but he laid back over on your side and started ushering you over on top of him. 
“What’s this about?” You wondered. 
“Sit on my face.” He was blunt but the enchantment allowed for nothing more. You were a little shocked once again he was still finding it in him to take care of you when he’s like this, but were you really? This was Jungkook you’re talking about, the guy who thrives on your pleasure. 
You laughed slightly, but quickly obeyed his wish and moved so you were hovering over his mouth. 
You gripped your headboard tight when you felt his hands come up to stroke your thighs as you slowly lowered yourself over his mouth, worried about squishing his head. Jungkook was quick at pushing those worries aside as he pulled you down to eagerly start lapping between your drenched folds. 
You weren’t at all prepared, your back arching and a moan escaping your lips before you could stop it. 
Even in a state like this Jungkook made sure to remind you he knew your body well after years spent together. 
“Jungkook— fuck, fuck yes—“ You groaned when he used his tongue to circle your clit, occasionally sucking on it. Your whole body was on fire, if someone was watching they might have also thought you had eaten some of the enchanted waffles along with him at how desperate you seemed.  
Truth is, you missed, you missed him so much. You had missed him all week, long hours keeping you both apart even before enchantment came into effect. You missed him all day today, you were stuck downstairs as you thought about what might have happened if you had opened the bathroom earlier, what if Jungkook had fucked you on the counter, what if you agreed to stay in bed with him. All of the possibility was dwarfed by how hot you were thinking about what actually happened. Trapped downstairs on the phone with the fifth tech support person trying to help you with your order, all you could think about was your boyfriend’s pretty ass cock and how much you wanted to be pounded into oblivion right then and there for the guy on the phone to hear. 
You’ve been hot all day. As hard as you knew this was for Jungkook, it almost felt like you were being punished being forced to watch. 
Having him like this, below you, eating you out like his life depended on it made you so fucking hot. 
When your thighs started to get a bit shaky, you finally looked down at him a little surprised to see his dazed gaze on you. You happily took one of your hands off the head board and let them tangle into his long brown locks. 
You felt the subtle vibrations of the way he moaned. You watched as one of his hands that was gripping onto your thighs let go and hastily reached downward. Curious, you broke away from his gaze and to turn behind you and you felt a whole new fire light inside you at the sight of him hurriedly pumping his cock. 
You quickly turned back down to him and noticed his eyes had glossed over, this whole thing apparently getting to him more than you thought. 
Oh.
Suddenly you were back in the moment and was painfully aware of the skilled work of your boyfriend's tongue, playing with your clit, licking between your folds, and even into your hole. You knew you would cum soon at this rate. 
“Are you enjoying this that much?” You teased breathlessly, moving your hips in a way that the new angle had your grinding against the tip of his nose. Fuck.
His attention shifted back to you, albeit still dazed. 
You gripped onto his hair tighter when he didn’t answer, even though how could he with your pussy in his mouth. You watched intently as the way his eyes started rolling back. Hot. 
You weren’t in the mood for games, you just wanted to fucking cum at this point. 
“Fuck Jungkook, you’re so good to me always. Love you.” It was a hasty confession as your attention turned towards chasing the high that’s been dangled in front of you all day. 
Jungkook seemed to speed up at the praise. It didn’t take long for that built up tension to finally snap when you cried out as you experienced one of the most toe-curling, mind numbing orgasms you’ve ever had. 
Jungkook gave you no time to recover though, because even after he worked you through it and you started to lift up, he showed no signs of stopping. 
You looked down at him and he nodded up at you, needing no words to explain.
He wanted to watch again, have you cum all over his face one more time. You were so sensitive, confused at the blissful sting of overstimulation, but still extremely turned on because holy fucking shit was this hot. 
Jungkook quickly had you back to that point where that feeling was back all too soon and you were crying out once more and your orgasm hit you faster than a freight train. 
Your brain didn’t know how to comprehend what happened as you sat there for a second, letting your heart and breathing calm down. What just happened? You felt fuzzy all over, loved, comforted, and—
Jungkook’s hand suddenly fell from your thigh as you finally looked down once again. You were delighted to see the fucked out expression, his eyes were closed and you cooed internally at the way his eyelashes tickled his cheeks. He was so pretty. His brows were furrowed as the hand that had long left your thigh continued to move. That’s when you remembered what you saw last time. 
You turned around and was shocked to see the cum covering his toned stomach, but he was still harder than ever. Suddenly you were hot all over again. 
You turned back to Jungkook once more, noticing how pained his delicate expression had gotten. 
“Please, inside…” He finally opened his eyes to look up at you. You also noticed how red he seemed and you wondered if he was just hot, flushed, or was it embarrassment? Maybe all three considering? You could also see how wet his face was, you didn’t know whether that was just you or the tears that had especially collected around his eyes. 
You swung your leg over and took a seat next to him. Jungkook was quick at sitting up and turning toward you, you both just looked at each other before Jungkook got too impatient and hurriedly pulled you into a kiss. 
He was hungry, desperate, and had you breathless by the time he moved you both so you were on your back and he was slotted between your thighs, ignoring the stickiness between you. 
You moaned into the kiss when you felt the steady grind of his cock between your folds. Despite having just come (twice), you still found yourself eager to have him inside you, finally. 
Jungkook pulled away to hurriedly line himself up, ready to finally fucking finally feel you, but just as he was about to push in you remembered something. 
“Wait— Jungkook!” You called and he looked up at you, a little startled. 
“Mhmmm?” He almost sounded like he was drunk, his attention quickly turning back down to your pussy and was entranced at how wet you sounded, his eyes glued to the way his cock looked as he pushed it through the slickness of your folds. 
“Do you think we should use a condom?” You asked, a little concerned. You never typically did these days, but with this enchantment it may be better just in case. 
Jungkook was trying his best to pay attention to your words, but fuck, he was so close and you felt so good. 
“I don’t know if my birth control can go up against this enchantment.” 
“Eghhhh— I don’t mind if you think it’s better. It’s up to you.” His brain was not working, of course he had a preference and that preference was clouding any sort of logical thinking. 
“What— you don’t mind if this gets me pregnant?” You giggled at the comment. 
Jungkook's eyes returned to yours but then back down between you both. “Feel like I could give you octuplets right now.” He chuckled weakly, both trying to joke along with you but he was also incredibly serious, painfully serious.
You just laughed realizing you shouldn’t really be asking him when he’s like this. “Ohhh, that’s just the enchantment talking baby~” You smiled, somehow endeared by his words. 
“I’m serious though, whatever you want to do— but wait, we haven’t used condoms for so long I don’t even remember if I have any left.” He panicked. Just the thought of stopping now made him want to throw something out the window. He felt close already.
“Please hurry baby…” He moaned, trying his best to stay calm but this fucking enchantment was making it very hard.
You sensing the urgency decided to think about this. 
There is no way you wouldn’t end up pregnant from this if you just do nothing— or well, there’s just a great chance. Considering you weren’t enchanted by the waffles maybe that would be enough? You also had no idea anyway if you had any condoms in the room anymore. Maybe you would be fine? You could make your own remedy of sorts in the morning as well just for good measure. 
And would it really be that bad if all that fails? Sure you weren’t at that point of your life where you were ready to start having kids, but this was with Jungkook, not some random guy from a one night stand. If things didn’t go to plan, it wouldn’t be that bad. 
Your judgment was questionable though considering you were just as eager to finally feel him inside you and the way his cock slid over your clit made your mind a little fuzzy. Might you regret it in the morning, maybe, but you would solve that issue when you get there. You had a plan as well so—
“Alright— I have a plan for tomorrow, but just get inside before I lose my mi—” You were hardly able to finish your sentence before Jungkook hurriedly pushed inside you, not even making it in all the way before he buried himself in your neck and let out the most glorious moan as he came inside you.  
You were shocked but you still rubbed his back lightly, trying to help him through it. You could only imagine at this point how intense things have gotten for him, the thought turned you on and for a brief moment considered one day downing three of these waffles and seeing what happens. 
Jungkook eventually pulled away and you immediately noticed the tears that stained his face and quickly brought your hands up to wipe them. 
“Was it good?” You chuckled, but you were starting to get a tad bit concerned seeing how fucked out he was beginning to look. 
He shakily nodded his head. 
“You’re lucky I said yes.” You laughed hoping that would pep him back up back you could tell he was hardly paying any attention to what you were saying.
“S-s-sorry.” His voice was soft and you couldn’t help yourself as you brought him closer to kiss his cheek. The lights were dim in your room, but once your lips touched his skin you finally felt just how wet his face was. 
“It doesn’t hurt right?” You asked immediately as you pulled back.
He shook his head. 
“Feels too good.” He sighed as he steadily started to move his hips again. 
Jungkook was not at all prepared for what it would feel like to be inside you with this enchantment. Maybe he was so sensitive from how many times he’s cum already, or things really have escalated to a point that everything has just become so overwhelming, but the minute he started moving his hips he was rendered speechless. 
The enchantment only seemed to enhance every sensation the warm embrace your walls always gave him. It was so good, you were so good to him. Every sense of his made his brain go haywire, the way you wrapped around him, the way your hands ran along his back, the way you looked up at him as he fucked you, your expression, your eyes alone was enough to get him to cum again. 
He loved you so much. 
“Fuck.” He whispered so quietly he doubted you heard it, he couldn’t say it any louder even if he wanted to. Despite the odd circumstances and how frustrating the day has been, being here with you like this made it all worth it. 
Jungkook didn’t even realize how much his eyes had watered up until your expression started to shift to worry when you brought your hand up to wipe his face. 
“Fuck— Jungkook are you sure you’re ok?” You asked, once again concerned. 
“Mhmmmm, good, so good. Don’t wanna cum yet, wanna make you feel good too.” He cried. He was desperate to make you feel even an ounce of what he did. His pace had remained painfully slow, knowing the minute he sped up it’d be over. 
“This feels good— don’t worry baby this is about you, ok?” You smiled up at him. It was meant to be reassuring but it only made him feel worse. 
Jungkook picked up the pace and relished in your delighted moans and the sound of the bed frame creaking at your escapades. It was overwhelming, so overwhelming, that feeling, that need to fill you up once more became harder to ignore. 
He tried his best to distract himself by kissing you hastily but that only seemed to make things worse. It was just so good. 
“Oh— oh go—“ 
It felt like he was hit with a train the way his orgasm knocked him so suddenly, somehow it was even more intense than before. It felt like a fervor dream, he was delirious, and maybe it was this enchantment, but as he coated your walls with his cum there was some strange part in him that wanted all this to get you pregnant. 
It was a guilty confession that he knew he would regret later, but it’s what fueled him despite how exhausted his body felt to flip you over so you were on your hands and knees so he could do it again. 
The position gave him a great view of your ass, and he cursed to himself quietly as watched the way it’d jiggle anytime he pushed into you. 
“So—so good Jungkook…” You whined. 
“Close?” Was all he could ask and you hurriedly nodded. 
Jungkook’s hand quickly came down to smack your ass and gripped on the soft mounds hard, loving the way you moaned for him. As much as he’s enjoyed the thought about whipped cream all over your titties all day, your ass will always be his favorite. 
Jungkook felt your walls tighten around his cock and he knew you were close. 
He pulled you close so your back was against him, the new angle allowing him to fuck into you easily, while his hand went down to rub your clit and his mouth kissed your neck.
The position had him reaching spots inside you that made your mind go blank as you soon felt him fill you up once again, but he didn’t stop until you were soon cumming all over his cock. 
You were hardly able to recover before Jungkook was pulling out of you and laying down only to usher you so you were hovering over his cock. He looked up at you with pleading eyes, and it didn’t take much to figure out what he was asking from you. 
You were already starting to get a little tired and barely coming off your last orgasm you still found it in yourself to sink down onto his length once again. You felt his hands come up and grip your hips tightly as you began to slowly move. 
You also surprised yourself with the fact that you were keeping up with him, no enchantment fueling your efforts, just your love for this idiot who ate your waffles.
You marveled at his soft sighs of pleasure and how beautiful he looked. He had grown more quiet like back in the kitchen and just by the look on his face you knew things had really gotten intense. You could only imagine, you’re not even sure how many times he’s cum at this point.
“You’re so pretty baby~” You breathlessly confessed and he let out a strained moan as one of his hands moved up to play with one of your tits. For some reason you knew he was close once again.
“You’re gonna cum again for me baby?” You asked but you knew. You noticed his eyes started getting watery again, tears falling from his eyes.
“Y-yes.” He strained and you could hardly hear him.
You decided to speed up a little, not wanting to drag this out for him. You let yourself get lost in the feeling of his cock filling you up, focusing on keeping a steady rhythm. It wasn’t too long after you started losing yourself in the pleasure that you felt his grip on your hips tighten before you heard Jungkook out a moan as his eyes rolled back and you felt him fill you up once again. 
You smiled but Jungkook was quick at moving you so you laid on your side, your back against his chest before he was entering you from behind. He didn’t move for a little while and it was then that you were able to look over at his nightstand to see the time. 
11:56. 
Almost there.
Jungkook also noticed that this was finally about to come to an end and knew he wanted to make the most of it. One more time. 
Jungkook grabbed ahold of your thigh and lifted it up so your leg could rest ontop of his so he could fuck into you easier and slowly started to move. 
“One more time.” He sighed, kissing your neck.  
He wasn’t talking about himself. Four minutes at this point was enough time for cum at least twice, but he was thinking about you. He wanted– no, needed to feel you cum around his cock once more. 
Jungkook quickly found a good pace and reached around to find your clit once again. 
You moaned for him, not honestly thinking you could cum again, but Jungkook always had a way of proving you wrong because you quickly felt that growing need once again. 
It was so good, he was so good. Being close like this, his length buried deep inside, his fingers on your clit, his lips on your skin, you felt so loved and still being a little sensitive from your last orgasm you felt so close so quickly.
As much as he wanted to wait until you were closer, the way your walls were gripping made him spill into you quicker than he liked but he never faltered, speeding up instead determined to make you cum around him before midnight.
“Fuck, fuck please baby–” He pleaded and you cried. 
You were close, so fucking close. 
With a couple more thrusts you felt that blinding surge of pleasure spread through your whole body and moaned his name as he somehow gave you your fourth orgasm of the day. It hit Jungkook as well, your orgasm suddenly having him spilling into you once again. 
It was a blissful end. 
Jungkook shakily worked you both through the waves of pleasure as the clock changed to 12:00. Instead of this neverending sea of desire Jungkook had been swimming in all day, the calm silence of that relief was slowly gifted to him as well. 
You both just sat there trying to collect yourselves because– woah. Despite the circumstances this definitely was a night to remember. 
The longer you laid there the more you just wanted to head to bed but you were sweaty, covered in cum, and your room was still a mess. After a little while you finally found the motivation to pry yourself away from Jungkook’s warm embrace. When you turned around you were a little shocked, or well not that shocked, to see his eyes closed and seemingly asleep already.
You didn’t blame him, honestly surprised he didn’t fall out sooner than this. 
You were about to jump out of the bed to start your shower when you felt a hand on your wrist, stopping you. 
“Don’t leave me please…” His eyes were still closed and he sounded so drowsy. You leaned in closer and pushed the hair out of his face, the ends noticeably damp. 
“What’s that baby?”
“Don’t leave.” He looked up at you. The only thing on Jungkook’s mind was falling asleep with you in his arms.
“I don’t want to get up either, but I was just going to shower and maybe get started a little bit on all the laundry–” 
“Don’t leave.” He said once again.
You leaned down and kissed him on his forehead. “I promise to be back soon ok, you’ll probably be asleep by the time I get back anyway.” 
“But I want you with me…” He pouted. 
“You can come join me in the shower if you want.” You suggested. 
“Tirreeeedddd, can’t this wait till morning.” He sighed and you couldn’t help but giggle. He always gets really baby when he’s sleepy. 
“I’ll be back ok~” You reassured him and headed for the bathroom.
As tired as he was, unlike the last time he went to sleep, Jungkook wanted to make sure you’d be in his arms when he wakes up. Despite how everything and everywhere in his body ached, he still found himself joining you in the bathroom. 
You were shocked but found your cheeks warming when you saw him groggily walk into the bathroom to join you. 
You didn’t want to make the shower take too long, he was tired and you were as well and you had laundry to start. Jungkook was hardly awake, almost falling over a couple times as the warm water fell over you both. 
When you went to shampoo his hair and gently massaged his scalp, even in his delirious state he almost felt teary. This was so nice, you were so so good to him.
“Y/n…” He quietly got your attention. 
“Mhmm~”
“I’m sorry…” 
“What for?” You couldn’t hide your confusion at what he could possibly be apologizing for.
“I’ve been a burden all day, ate those waffles, made things hard for you. I’m sorry.” His brain was hardly working, but he’s felt bad about this all day. 
“It’s alright, I should have gotten a fridge for the shop already anyway.” You laughed. “And you haven’t been a burden alright, today was fun!” You weren’t lying, you definitely had fun today. 
Jungkook smiled and pulled you in for a hug, not wanting at all to let go. Not now, not ever. 
You both eventually made it out of the shower and the minute Jungkook got his clothes on he collapsed onto the bed, sleep becoming too much to fight at this point. You had managed to wiggle the sheets out underneath him, still being visibly damp from earlier.
You went ahead and grabbed everything else and took it to the laundry room, but after seeing how much you had to do, ultimately decided it may just be best to save it for the morning like Jungkook suggested. The shower made you sleepy so instead you went to bring out your thick blanket.
When you got to the room you were a little surprised to find Jungkook sitting up on the bed, looking half out of it. 
“I thought you fell asleep already?” You giggled as you went over to caress his cheek. 
“Mmmm, wanted you here. Can’t fall asleep yet.” He sighed, nuzzling into your hand. 
You took the hint and made quick work on tossing the blanket out over the bed, grabbing the pillows that were on the floor, and climbing into bed with your boyfriend.
As soon as you got in the bed, turned off the lights, and got you both situated he wrapped his arms around you and pulled you close. It probably didn’t take even a minute before you heard his light snores and you were sure it didn’t take long after that for you to join. 
What a day.
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
“You think anyone will believe this?” You asked after he clicked the post button. 
“Probably not, but that’s the point. Feels good to talk about these things though.” Jungkook smiled, his heart warm from reminiscing all day. 
You smiled and hugged him. 
“Alright, I’ve been here long enough, I have classes to get to.” You sighed, hopping up from the bed. “I’ll be back from the shop before 6 so I can do dinner today.” You kissed his cheek and was about to run off to put on your shoes, but Jungkook grabbed your hand. 
He looked down at your intertwined fingers, imagining once again that ring he saw in the shop earlier on your finger, how pretty it would look until you both got matching bands. He was feeling a little too sentimental at the thought and how much he wished it was already on your finger. 
“Ummmm, watcha doing?” You asked, noticing him staring at your hand. 
“Ermm– sorry.” He leaned down and kissed your hand. “Be back soon ok, miss you already.” He sighed, hating that you had to leave him on his day off. 
You leaned down and kissed his lips, Jungkook wholeheartedly melting into the kiss, thinking about what it might be like to kiss you like this on your wedding day. 
You pulled away with a big smile on your face. 
“Oh right! Don’t forget to take the broom over to my mom’s, he’s really been missing her these days.” 
Jungkook groaned. “You know your broom hates me, it’ll take forever just to get him out of the room.” He recounted the last time he was responsible for taking your broom out. 
“Cmoonnn you guys need some bonding time anyway, and plus my mom also wanted to see you as well so… good luck.” You said as you left the room. 
“Alright, come back soon! I’m making bulgogi tonight!” He yelled out to you and he quickly heard you running back and giving him another hug before running out the room again. 
“Bye!” You called out, before the door closed behind you, leaving Jungkook alone. 
How this was his life was still a mystery to him as well, who gets to say they need to take their girlfriend’s broom out? 
Who gets to say they need to take their fiance’s broom out?
Who gets to say they need to take their wife’s broom out?
Jungkook’s face flushed at the thought. Maybe this trip won’t be so bad? He had something he needed to ask your mom anyway.
⊱ ──────ஓ๑∗๑ஓ ────── ⊰
♡ hiswitchygf liked this post 
2K notes · View notes
Text
Like A Big Girl (Quirkless!Dabi x Black!Fem!Reader 18+ One Shot)
Tumblr media
“Take all of me like a big girl, baby.”
youtube
Pairing: Quirkless!Dabi x Black!Fem!Reader 
Synopsis: In which you get the surprise of your life when your apartment neighbor and crush (who happens to be extremely anti-social) shows up at your housewarming party to celebrate your moving into your first-ever apartment after a breakup. 
Warnings: Smutty Smut; 18+ One Shot (MINORS GTFO); Non-Quirked; Disfigured!Dabi (he has burn scars); Alcohol Consumption; Marijuana Use; Flirting; Shotgunning; Foreplay; Exhibitionism; Fingering; Cunnilingus; Deepthroating; Loud Sex; Doggystyle; Scar Appreciation; Non-Protective PIV Sex; Creampie; Scent Play/Marking; Spanking; Mild Degradation; Aftercare
Disclaimer: I own none of the characters mentioned in this fic. However, as this is my writing, I do not give permission for my work to be reposted on any other sites that are not from my own accounts. Thank you!
Writer's Note: WE A COLLEGE GRADUATE BIH!!! I'm so so happy & so excited for the future. Even more for the summertime cuz now I'm free to write! I hope y'all like this one. I needed to write something smutty for my favorite crusty villain. Enjoy & fuck Enji!! -Jazz
**********
You’ve never been so nervous before until you’re sitting on your couch with a lukewarm tequila sunrise, waiting for your guests of honor to arrive. 
Or rather one guest in particular. You know you shouldn’t be at all. You know you should be socializing and talking to the other guests currently occupying your brand-new apartment in celebration of your down payment and a new accomplishment in life.
You should be laughing, joking, and flirting with the fine-ass men that Rumi insisted on bringing with her to help with catering and cleaning before the party started. 
But you just can’t. The motivation to do so isn’t there, and the reason why is embarrassing.
Rumi, who sits next to you on the couch, looks you up and down. Her stark white hair is piled up into a messy bun on her head and the red bodycon dress she chose for tonight hugs her toned body and legs just right. If anyone could get a lay tonight, it’d be her. “You might wanna smile, babe. You’re scaring off your guests.” 
She gives you a cheeky grin as she sips her drink–a whiskey smash. You’re so glad you managed to find a bartender to make drinks for tonight thanks to Keigo knowing him from his job. You’re even happier that your job’s salary allows you to pay him $550 by the end of tonight. 
“Shut up,” you mumble, bumping her with your knee. But even her brash humor doesn’t make you smile an inch. Rumi rolls her eyes and turns to Nemuri, one of your other hot and longtime friends. “Nemuri, please get this girl another drink so she can get up out of this seat,” Rumi sighs. “I’m tired of seeing that face on her face.” 
Nemuri stands from her seat in her sundress and flats, looking like a sexy girl next door. “I’ll get you some water, honey.” She gives you a wink before making a dash to the snack table located in the kitchen, dodging between people and the wafts of marijuana smoke in the air. Just weed. No vapes or E-cigs are allowed tonight which you made clear in your invitations. 
“I don’t have a face,” you grumble, glaring at Rumi. “And I have gotten out of my seat. I’m the host, aren’t I?” 
“Exactly!” Rumi replies. “Which means you should be walkin’ around and hosting. Not sittin’ here, mopin’ about some dickhead and worryin’ if he’ll show up. Plus, you know how men are: they show up when they want to.” 
“Not true,” you scoff. “That’s a fact that is relevant to my ex, but not to every guy in existence.” Even referring to your ex as simply “your ex” is enough to make you want to down the rest of your drink. Not only did you decide to throw this party to celebrate your buying and moving into your first “big girl” apartment as the start of a new chapter of your life, but you also wanted to celebrate being free of the leech you called your boyfriend of three years. 
“And I’m not moping, okay?” you sharply tell Rumi. “I just wanna make sure there are enough champagne flutes and food. If I get new guests, that means I need more, right?” 
Rumi eyes you down, knowing damn well you’re lying through your teeth. “Whatever you say,” she sing-songs. Nemuri returns with the iced water, handing it to you. “Here you are, honey,” she coos. “What are we talking about?” 
Rumi is happy to fill her girlfriend in. “The fact that she’s ready to toss a wedding ring at this man who’s afraid of leavin’ his apartment for groceries. If she says that’s not why she’s got that sour face, she’s lying.” 
“Hey!” you gasp, kicking at her ankle with your heel. “It’s not a lie! It’s the truth! This is the first party I’m hosting and it’s a lot to worry about, especially since it’s my new apartment.” 
At the beginning of the year is when you found your dream apartment complex. It came with a pool, a tennis court, a gym, and a laundry mat along with central air, free wifi, and vending machines. The neighborhood surrounding the complex was quiet at night, noisy with kids in the morning, and nearby a hub of parks, restaurants, and public transportation. It was the perfect place to begin the new chapter of your life. 
And not to mention a man, in particular, you had a slight thing for lives here. So, after putting down a payment, signing papers, and getting help moving in, you were finally living on your own three months later. Only a party could really welcome you into your new four walls.  But so far, you aren’t enjoying it as much as you should be. 
And that’s all because someone you desperately want to see here tonight is missing. 
“And second, Dabi isn’t afraid of leavin’ his apartment, Rumi,” you criticize your friend. “He’s just not a people person.” At least, that’s what Keigo told you when you met Dabi for the first time. “According to him,” he scoffed. “It’s just an excuse to not socialize, really. But he’s always been like that since we were kids.” 
You caught that vibe from Dabi as soon as you met him several years ago before you met your ex. You met Dabi through Keigo when he dragged his friend to a club to meet up with you and Rumi one spring night for happy hour.
You had heard about Dabi many times before–that he’s a firefighter; that he has some dark humor; that he is kinda weird and awkward but still a pretty nice guy (according to Keigo). As soon as you got a look at that black hair, tight tee shirt, and buff arms roped his tattoos, you were entranced by him. Though he seemed somewhat out of place and like he didn’t want to be there, he carried with him an intoxicating aura, like he was your favorite cocktail drink. 
You were so taken aback at how hot he was that you barely noticed the burn scars. He only had them on his face, neck, and snaking up his arm from what you could see–healed yet puffy skin from second-degree burns coat the left side of his face, cascading down his neck to his upper torso and disappearing down his shirt. Though his arm is roped in tattoos, you can see burn scars there too beneath the dark ink. They aren’t as bad as Keigo said they’d be, but they’re not exactly unnoticeable either. 
But when he spoke, all of that went out the window. Keigo had sat him down across from you and Rumi, grinning. “Ladies, meet my friend, Dabi,” he said. “D, this is Rumi and Y/N.” 
“Nice to meet you,” you had politely said, sticking your hand out for him to shake. His crystal blue eyes, so intense yet mysteriously guarded, flitted up to meet yours. He stuck his hand out and took yours, causing your heart to jump at how warm and calloused his palm was. “You too,” he murmured. 
Lord, if you could have sex with a voice, it’d be his. Though it was raspy like he chain-smoked, it was also deep and traveled from your heart right down to your clit which jumped in your panties beneath your skirt. You had to cross your legs to avoid the feeling as Rumi and Keigo began to chat. Dabi would chime in here and there, but mostly just sipped his drink and looked around the club like a bored and lost puppy. 
He was fine as hell and kind of unintentionally funny, but that wasn’t what hooked you. It was two weeks before you moved into your new apartment when he randomly hit you up while you were organizing boxes for move-in day. You were sweaty and out of breath so when you answered the phone, you sounded less than happy. “Yes?” you snapped. 
“Uh…this a bad time?” Dabi had asked, his gravelly yet smooth-like-chocolate voice in your ear. Your eyes widened and your heart jumped into your throat. “Uh, no!” you immediately replied. “Sorry, I didn’t know it was you. The ID came up as a possible scam.” 
“That’s my fault,” Dabi said, actually sounding apologetic. “I never gave you my number. Listen, I didn’t wanna take up your time. I just wanted to ask if you needed help movin’ in.” 
“Huh?” you dumbly asked, your brain short-circuiting. “To where?” 
“....Your new apartment?” he said, just as confused as you. “You’re movin’ in this week, right?” 
A record scratched in your mind and you physically facepalmed yourself. ‘You dumb bitch!’ you thought. “Oh, yeah!” you backpedaled. “Sorry, I’ve been moving boxes since this morning.” 
“Well, lemme come up and I’ll help you,” Dabi replied. You blinked at his offer, shocked at how easily he volunteered. “No, it’s fine!” you said. “It’s just little stuff anyway! You don’t have to–” 
“I’ll be up in ten,” he interjected. “I’ve got nothin’ better to do anyhow. Stay there.” Then he hung up, leaving you open-mouthed and horrified at your appearance. Luckily, when he came over, you had dried off your sweat and fixed your hair so you didn’t look a total hot mess. 
Though you worked in silence most of the day, Dabi made sure to ask you what to put where and heaved heavier boxes for you, his muscles flexing as he did. When his job was done, he even offered to help you move your furniture around once you got it. Weeks later, he did so, helping Keigo lug your couch up the stairs and put together a table. 
He did it all in his free time without asking for a dollar. You knew from Keigo how he didn’t like going out much, so to see him do so for you did something to you. Since then, you’ve always had a slight thing for Dabi. You call it a “thing” because you’re not sure what it is. Even when you were dating your ex, he’d always be at the back of your mind and in your wettest dreams. Since he lives in the same apartment complex as you, you made it a point to say hi to him whenever you could after moving in. But the thing is you barely saw him. He lived on a whole other floor and had an entirely different schedule than you which made being nice a lot harder. That’s why you were hoping he’d come tonight: so you could get to know him more. 
“How he and Keigo are friends, I’ll never understand,” Nemuri scoffs. They’re complete opposites!” Rumi smirks up at her as she squeezes a hand on her girlfriend’s ass. “I guess opposites attract,” she teasingly says, pulling a giggling Nemuri close to her. 
You pretend to retch. “Ugh, can you two please stop?” you whine. “I don’t need to be reminded that I don’t have a fairytale romance or that I haven’t had sex in two months.” 
“Two months?!” Rumi and Nemuri exclaim in unison. You flush, adverting your eyes as you sip your drink. “That’s what I’m saying!” Rumi exasperatedly says. “You’re stressin’ over a guy as weird as Dabi when you should be out and about gettin’ your flirt on. With a body like yours, you’d find someone to keep you company tonight in no time. Someone better than that dickhead you left.” 
You sigh, pinching the bridge of your nose as you begin to see your ex’s stupid face behind your eyelids. “Don’t remind me of him, Rumi.” 
It’s been three months since you moved out of your shared apartment with your ex and officially broke it off with him after catching him with another girl. After being together for a year and knowing in your heart that this was the man you were destined to be with, you threw caution to the wind and went half on an apartment with him in a nice part of Musutafu. 
The first five months were good, but then you started noticing how lazy he was. He barely cleaned, couldn’t cook, and argued about running errands when you asked him, even if it was just a grocery run. “You know I’m not good with groceries, babe,” he’d whine. “I always get the wrong shit and you yell at me about it!” 
What irked you most about him is that he never tried. Not with anything! Not with the cleaning, the cooking, or the sex. That was another thing you started noticing about him: the sex was boring. It used to be amazing between you two, but after moving in together, it started seriously lacking. Though you cut him some slack because of his busy work schedule and long hours, the same old position (that being doggy style) can get tiresome. 
But though you tried to spice things up with new lingerie, toys, or new kinks to enjoy, he never seemed to want to participate or be interested in them. Those nights of nothing leading into mornings where he left early for work and left you alone were devastating. You started suspecting something was up the third year of your relationship, but you never ever suspecting cheating. 
However, fate forced those rose-colored glasses off of you when you stepped into your apartment one afternoon after a yoga class with Rumi and found your boyfriend getting head from a woman you’ve never seen before. You were devastated, to say the least. Your first instinct was to leave and you found yourself crying to Rumi, Nemuri, and Keigo that night over wine. 
“I’m gonna fuck him up,” Keigo had growled, and you had to stop him from getting in his car to do so. “You’re telling me he cheated on you?” he asked incredulously. “You? He’s as dumb as he is a bitch.” 
“You can stay here as long as you want, babe,” Rumi cooed, stroking your hair away from your tear-soaked face. “Nemuri and I would be happy to have you…as long as you’re okay with the thin walls.” 
And you were (or at least you told yourself you were every time you’d hear Nemuri scream Rumi’s name to the heavens) because you did stay. After Keigo and Rumi helped you get your shit and tell off your boyfriend, you moved out of your shared apartment and bunked with Rumi and Nemuri while you saved up for a new home. 
Your ex called and texted you constantly throughout that time, begging you to come back and that he was sorry, but after you ignored each one, he stopped. It took a while to get over him. Even now, you still feel a lump in your throat over what happened–the lies; the betrayal; the utter disrespect to you and your home. But after a while, you managed to push through and finally began home hunting. 
Rumi stares at you now, pissed that you’re being so stubborn but also looking empathetic towards you. You don’t like either. “Fine, do what you want,” she sighs, “but I still say to get out of your funk and stop worryin’ about Dabi showin’ up. If he does, he does. If he doesn’t, it’s his loss and he needs to get his shit together.” 
You try to ignore her words by gulping down the rest of your drink. When it’s gone, your body craves more to replace your feelings of pure shittiness. “I’m gonna go get another tequila sunrise,” you mutter to Rumi and Nemuri. “Watch my spot.” 
You hurry away from your hands, not wanting to see their faces as you make a beeline for the kitchen. You plaster on a smile as you catch the eyes of your guests, wanting to assure them that everything is fine and you don’t feel like you just wallowed in a load of shit in your pretty yellow mini dress.
You finally make it to your kitchen, away from the music blasting from your portable speaker in your living room and the constant chatter. The snack table and counters still have snacks, plastic cups, and jello shots on them along with bottles of alcohol and soul food that you had catered from your favorite restaurant. 
You immediately for the fridge where a pitcher of pre-made tequila sunrise mix sits next to some sangria (which is all gone). ‘Damn drunkies,’ you think as you go to fill up your glass. Nemuri appears behind you, obviously following you from the couch. She silently watches you pour your drink before she decides to say something. “Don’t worry about Rumi, hon,” she comfortingly says. “You know how she is: she’s blunt, but she’s only that way because she loves you.” 
You lower the pitcher once your glass is full and place it back in the fridge. You don’t close the fridge though. The cool air feels good on your clammy skin. “I know,” you sigh, “but I don’t need to be reminded about how my recent relationship crashed and burned. Not to mention be lectured about Dabi. I’m not a kid.” 
“So you are worried he won’t come?” Nemuri asks curiously. 
“No!” you immediately protest, then pivot, fumbling with the straw in your drink. “I-I mean, not really. He just said he’d show up, so…I guess I was just hopin’ he’d stop by and congratulate me for the apartment since he helped me move in.” 
You had invited him, after all. This was last week on a very warm Saturday morning when the summer heat was starting to rise. It was laundry day and you were forced to lug a pillow sack of dirty clothes in an elevator, sweating in your biker shorts and Spongebob tee. You were prepared for no one to see you that morning, but fate had other plans when the elevator stopped on one of the lower apartment floors. You were headed for the basement where the laundry mat is. 
The doors opened, revealing the last person you wanted to see that morning. “O-Oh!” you stuttered, taken by surprise by his sudden appearance. And the fact that he looked so goddamn hot. Dabi stood at the elevator doors in his usual black attire, except he had on sweats instead of joggers. You had to force yourself not to stare at his crotch. “Hey, Dabi,” you greeted him, giving him a smile. 
Dabi only gave you a nod as he stepped inside the elevator. You didn’t take it negatively. That was just Dabi–he never said much. He pressed the button to the lobby before the doors closed, leaving you together in the small elevator cart. You could feel the four walls of the elevator closing in with him standing so near, especially when his scent was invading your senses. It was spicy yet sweet like cinnamon with a hint of cologne. It was turning you on badly. 
Dabi suddenly tilted his chin at the pillow sack. “What’s with the sack?” he muttered. “You got kids to deliver to or somethin’?” 
You quirked a smirk at his attempt at a joke. “Funny,” you chuckled. He smirked back, shrugging passively. “I try.” Just like that, the tension faded. “Just laundry,” you sighed. “About two weeks’ worth. I’ve been puttin’ it off since I’ve been still setting up my apartment.” 
He nodded and you both fell into silence again that swelled around you. “Sooo where are you off to so early?” you asked, desperate to fill the horrible silence. “Just the station,” he replied blandly. “Why they decided to have a meeting at the ass-crack of dawn is beyond me.” You nodded and giggled to yourself, only imagining the shit he had to put up with as a firefighter. Dabi has been working for the Musutafu fire department for three years now, commuting from the apartment to work every morning. 
You smile at him gratefully. “Thanks a lot for helpin’ me with the move-in process. It made things so much easier.” He once again shrugged like it wasn’t a big deal. “It’s whatever,” he mumbled. “And no, I don’t want your money, before you say anything. You need it more than I do.” 
“Ugh, you ain’t lyin’,” you groaned tiredly, your mind jumping from place to place. “I thought doing all the cleaning would be a lot, but I’m still gettin’ used to handlin’ the bills myself plus rent and groceries and…” You buttoned your lip and flushed embarrassingly, realizing you’d been talking for too long. “Sorry,” you giggled, embarrassed. “I’m rambling. Not a good way to start your morning. Just tell me to shut up.” 
Dabi shrugged, not looking perturbed by it. “You have nothin’ to be sorry for. Your ex was a dick, end of story. Plus, hearin’ you complain about him isn’t the worst thing I’ve heard in the morning.” He looked at you, looking deadass. “Try gettin’ an earful of that blonde bitch singin’ in the shower when he’s not laid up with somebody.” 
You laughed then, glad you didn’t have Keigo as a roommate. “How are your ears not bleeding?” you giggled. Dabi smiled at the sound of your laugh–a real, genuine smile that made him even more handsome to you. The moment quickly ended though when the elevator dinged and the doors opened to the lobby. “This is me,” Dabi muttered, his smile disappearing. 
He began to head out, not even giving you a goodbye or a “have a nice day” or a “you look fine as fuck in those shorts, lemme get your number”. Nothing! Your heart thundered in your chest, realizing this may be your one chance to interact with him for more than five seconds. 
Quickly, you jammed the button to hold the doors open. “H-Hey!” you abruptly called out. Dabi stopped and looked over his shoulder at you. “I meant to tell you: I’m havin’ this apartment warming party next Saturday night. It’s like a housewarming, but it’s for my apartment and uh…” 
‘You’re rambling! Just get to the point, bitch!’ 
“If you wanna come, you’re welcome to,” you continued. “Keigo is coming, so I figured I’d extend the invite.” Dabi had an unreadable expression on his face as he stared at you as if trying to make sense of you. “So…other people are gonna be there?” he carefully asks. 
You blinked at him. What a weird fucking question. “Well, yeah, but just some of my coworkers and people Rumi and I know. It’s just a small thing, nothing too big. You don’t have to come if you don’t want to, but there’s gonna be food, music, a little bit of weed…” You trailed off, hoping the weed would get him since he’s a smoker. 
Dabi shoves a hand into his pocket and leans back on his haunches. “I don’t really go to parties too much,” he admitted. “Not that I hate ‘em, but I’m not really a people person.” That definitely meant he wasn’t coming. “Oh,” you exhaled, disappointment blooming inside of you. “I get you. I just figured I’d–” 
“I mean, I’ll still stop by or whatever,” he interjected with a shrug. “Don’t I gotta bring a gift or somethin’?” You tried to stomp down the happiness flooding your chest, but you couldn’t help it. “If you want!” you chirped happily. “I like plants…wine…gift cards…Beyoncè tickets…just some ideas.” 
Dabi smirked humorously at your little witty joke. “Not sure about that other part, but I’ll see what I can do.” Then, without another word, he turned to leave. “I’ll see you later then!” you called after him to which he gave you a slight wave. Finally, you let the doors close on you, and though his goodbye was anti-climatic, you couldn’t get rid of your smile. 
Now here you are, two hours into the party, and he still isn’t here yet. Keigo isn’t either but he at least said he was coming straight from work as a bartender. “Don’t be upset if he doesn’t, Y/N,” Nemuri coos, putting a hand on your shoulder. “I haven’t heard of Dabi ever going against his word, he’s very…different.” 
‘Tell me about it,’ you think.
“He’s not a bad guy,” Nemuri continues, “but he’s not as much of a social butterfly as Keigo is, especially because of his accident. He might be afraid he’ll make people feel uncomfortable.” 
As soon as the words are out of her mouth, you freeze, your brain processing the meaning behind them. Dabi never talked about his accident, especially to you, but according to Keigo, he got those burn scars not from a firefighting mission gone wrong. He got them when he was a child after playing with matches one Christmas night and setting his home on fire. Supposedly, this was because he was angry that his father aka that redheaded bitch Enji Todoroki didn’t buy him, his siblings, or his wife any Christmas gifts. 
Little Dabi found the matches sitting up on the mantel above the fireplace and ultimately set a spark that engulfed their home. Dabi was never the same after that, especially after nearly dying from the flames. Luckily, he didn’t die from his severe burns, but they left the left side of his face and body with burn scars–reminders of what happened. “He blames himself a lot for that night,” Keigo said to you when he recounted the story. “Especially since his family lost so much stuff. To him, he feels responsible for the fact that his family could’ve died in that fire.” 
Though he has a great relationship with his family besides Enji, he’s always carried around the weight of that trauma. Literally speaking too, because of those burns on his body. He can never ever get rid of them. He’s forced to wear them and be scrutinized by the world because of his disfigurement. 
As soon as Nemuri’s words process, you feel sick to your stomach. “I never thought of it that way,” you confess, feeling horribly guilty. “Fuck, now I feel like a bitch! Here I am upset over him not comin’ to my party when he owes me nothing, and yet–” 
“Hey.” Like a light in the darkness, Nemuri emerges in front of you and firmly holds your shoulders. “Stop. You’ll ruin your makeup sweatin’ over this.” She then hands you a napkin and you begin to bloat your Fenty Beauty foundation, hoping your makeup didn’t slide.
“Just take a breath, get yourself another drink, and have some fun!” she encourages. “While I wouldn’t have said it as brazenly as Rumi did, I agree that you need a night to forget about your ex and meet somebody you can spend the night with so you can forget about your ex. Here, I’ll even help you! I’m great at matchmaking.” 
You quirk a smile at her volunteering to help you get laid. “Thanks, Nemuri, but I think I’ll pass on scouting for dick tonight. I don’t feel like hooking up.”
And you don’t. All you want to do is drink, dance, and celebrate your first big girl apartment. “But I do feel like having fun,” you say aloud before taking a jello shot and throwing it back. The taste of vodka and artificial orange immediately hits your tongue, just as your favorite Beyoncè song blasts from the living room. 
“Oh, this is my song!” you squeal, already moving your body to the beat. Nemuri moves with you, happy to see you happy. “That’s the spirit!” she cheers. You two dance in the kitchen for a while until the doorbell rings. “Looks like more people came to congratulate you,” Nemuri giggles, squeezing your hand. “Go get it quick before the song ends.” 
You nod and take your drink with you as you hurry out of the kitchen to your door. You already feel better after the quick dance session and some more alcohol. You feel like you could take on anything now. You swing open the door with enthusiasm, happy to have more guests. “Welcome to my…” you begin to shout, grinning at your guests standing at your door. 
But that smile fades when you get a look at not only Keigo but Dabi standing behind him, each with a bag in their hand. As soon as Dabi’s cobalt eyes meet yours, you’re a puddle. “Home,” you weakly finish. 
“Wow, what a welcome,” Keigo chuckles. “Thanks for havin’ us, babe. I wouldn’t have missed it for the world.” He leans in to give you a one-armed hug before releasing you. “Hope you don’t mind I bought the enigma along for the ride.” 
He nods at Dabi who looks oh-so uncomfortable and delicious in his black tee and jeans. His icy blue eyes flick to yours before looking away to somewhere beyond your face. “N-Not at all,” you reply softly. 
“And us too!” a familiar voice comes from behind Dabi. The voice belongs to his equally as fine brother, Natsuo Todoroki. “Long time no see, Y/N.” He grins at you, running a hand through his snow-white hair.
Another familiar face appears from around the corner though it is hidden behind shaggy, black hair that reaches his shoulders. Tenko, aka Shiggy, with his tattoos and gages. “That’s ‘cause you're deep in those nursing books,” he tells Natsuo before turning to you, dark circles under his eyes. “You got smokes in here, right? I’ve been tattooing people all day and I need a reliever.” 
“Yes, and come in,” you giggle, opening the door wider for your four muscular, tall, and fine-ass guests. They each walk in and you close the door behind them. As soon as they’re inside, Shiggy makes a beeline for the weed, leaving you, Dabi, Keigo, and Natsuo standing there. 
“Woooow, kid,” Keigo whistles. “Cute place you got here. I knew it was a good idea to put the TV over there.” He nods proudly at the TV in the living room. “So this is your very first place. I really can’t call you “kid” no more, can I?” He actually sounds upset about it. 
“Yep,” you laugh. “My first home, first real purchase. I feel like a big girl for real now.” 
“You should!” Natsuo chuckles, a smile growing on his handsome face. “Especially without that emotional vampire suckin’ the life outta you. Oh, before I forget…” He nudges Keigo who presents you with a paper bag “Housewarming gift number one,” the second oldest Todoroki kid says with a grin. “Dabi has the other. C’mon and give her the gift, D!” 
Dabi glares at his brother, but pulls a little bag from behind his back. You look into both, finding a bottle of wine, a bottle opener, and some cute, multi-colored wine glasses in them. “Thank you,” you giggle. “I’ll drink it all tonight.” 
“So where’s the food and the pretty people?” Keigo asks, a mischievous glint in his eye. You already knew the man would be getting his freak on tonight. “All in the living room. Rumi and Nemuri are somewhere around here if you want me to–” 
“Nah, kid, don’t worry your pretty head about it,” Keigo interjects, putting a hand on your shoulder. “I’ll definitely find them. You stay here and tend to your new guest…he’s gonna need it.” He nods at Dabi before giving you a wink. “C’mon, Natsuo!” he hollers, taking the white-haired man by the shoulder. 
Natsuo gives you an apologetic look as he’s dragged off. “Take care of him, please?” he softly pleads before heading off with Keigo to stop him from harassing people. You turn to Dabi who looks ready to strangle them both. “Fuckin’ bitches,” he growls under his breath. 
Standing among the music and the chatter, you realize that now you two are alone. Well, not completely, but enough that it feels awkward without someone starting the conversation. Nervously, you swallow, realizing you’ll have to throw in the towel. “I-I didn’t think you’d come,” you shakily begin. “You said you weren’t a people person.” 
“I’m not,” Dabi gruffly declares, “but I did owe you a gift.” Your heart leaps at his words despite his tone. “You really didn’t, but thanks anyway.” 
He nods once more his eyes flick up and down your form quickly. When you catch it, your entire body grows hot. Does he think you look good? If he does, will he say it? It doesn’t appear he’ll say anything at all. You clear your throat once more, attempting to break the ice that is quickly hardening. “Uh…so you want a drink or a tour of the place? I’d feel bad if you were just standin’ here.” 
“What’s wrong with just standin’?” he deadpans, but you can tell it’s a joke. “Everything, unless you’re a plant,” you tease. You earn a little smirk out of him, but that’s about all you get. So you start to ramble. “The drinks are really good. Keigo knows the bartender, so–” 
“What?” he cuts in, straining to hear you. You lean in toward him, placing a hand on his shoulder to get closer to him. “I said Keigo knows the bartender I hired for the party!” you exclaim into his ear. “I also catered soul food if you want to–” 
You’re rudely cut off when someone bumps into you. She’s one of your coworkers from the HR department, but because she’s so drunk, she barely recognizes you. “Sorry!” she hiccups. “Bathroom!” Quickly, she runs upstairs to your bathroom, holding her stomach as she does. You turn to Dabi who looks even more uncomfortable now. You keep your hand on his shoulder, wanting him to know you’re here for him. He doesn’t move your hand away. “I’m startin’ to think maybe you’re right about the standin’ thing,” he mumbles. “You got anywhere more private?” 
It takes a moment for his words to process, but when they do, you swear you could touch the moon. He’s really here for you. To talk to you. And you know exactly where to go for it. “I know a perfect place,” you giggle excitedly. “Get yourself a drink and I’ll get some smoke. Meet me back here in five minutes.” 
Dabi looks relieved that you agreed. Quickly, he moves to the kitchen to get himself a drink, earning some eyefucks in the process, regardless of his burns. Still holding your gifts, you make a beeline to the smoke section and force Shiggy to cough up the rest of the starburst-flavored papers (to which he whines about) and a little baggie of weed. 
The crew is sitting on the couch vibing to the music when you come over. Keigo and Natsuo are in awe at Dabi being up and about, pouring himself a drink. “So I see you got him to move!” Natsuo laughs. “It’s a miracle!” Rumi, currently holding Nemuri in her lap as she chats with someone next to her, gives you a smirk. “Where are you off to?” she asks suspiciously. 
You smile back at her, unable to hide your giddiness. “To show my guest around. Hold down the fort for a minute.” 
“Maybe more than a minute,” Keigo snickers knowingly. Rumi nudges him with her elbow as you flush to yourself. “You’ve got it, captain. Go enjoy yourself and your man.” You turn away, skin still on fire. “He’s not my man!” you call over your shoulder as you hurry to gather something to loosen you both up. “Yet,” you whisper to yourself. 
Dabi meets you back at your door like you ask him to with a red solo cup that smells of whiskey and apple in his hand. You motion for him to follow you out the door of your apartment and down the hallway. “It’s right up here,” you explain, pointing up the emergency staircase in case of a fire.
Dabi raises a quizzical eyebrow but follows you up the short flight of steps anyway. When at the top, you push open the door at the end of the staircase, revealing the rooftop to your apartment building. The roof is decorated with comfortable sofas, mini tables, and fair lights that hang among the rafters. The edges of the rooftop are blocked off by clear, plaster walls that serve as barriers between the inside and the outside. 
You shut the door behind you and turn to Dabi. “You know about this place?” you softly ask. 
He stares around the prettily-decorated rooftop, lips parted in awe. “Not at all,” he admits, bewildered. “I’ve been livin’ here longer than you and knew nothin’ about it, but then again, I barely come out of my apartment.” 
“I’m a sucker for rooftops,” you confess. “That’s what drew me to this complex.” You walk over to him, staring out at the view before you: glittering city lights and the sunset that isn’t anything but a line of fuschia that dips beneath the mountains far off into the distance. It truly is a beautiful sight. 
You suddenly feel warm as if someone’s eyes are on you and turn to see Dabi unabashedly staring at you. 
“Goddamn, you are short,” he snickers. 
You smack his arm, flushing. It’s not your fault you were cursed with short genes. “Hey!” you gasp, mock-offended. “Keep talkin’ like that and you’ll find yourself goin’ over this rooftop. Just for that, you’re rollin’ the blunt for us.” You plop down on one of the couches and pat the empty seat next to you twice, motioning him to sit next to you. 
Dabi looks hesitant at first but sits down next to you anyway. He still appears tall even though he’s sitting. 
“You sure your crib is gonna be okay?” he asks as he begins to set up shop. You wave off his concern, trusting your guests. “Rumi and Keigo won’t let anything happen to it. Especially Rumi; she scares people.” 
He smirks at your answer as he begins preparing a blunt for you, taking out a grinder and the little baggie of weed. You prepare the wine and glasses, pouring yourself one and leaving another empty for Dabi just in case. Once finished, you sit in silence and watch him work, sipping your wine as you do. You watch him intensely, your eyes hypnotized by his fingers expertly sprinkling the marijuana into the paper and then working on rolling the blunt to absolute perfection. 
He’s so good with his hands. 
Your eyes trail up his hands to his wrists to his arms, admiring the muscle beneath the dark ink on his skin. One tattoo, in particular, catches your attention: the number 58 with a green dragon slithering out of the eight. “Nice tatt.” 
“It’s my firefighter number,” he explains, eyes still trained on his hands. “The dragon is the symbol for the department. I designed and inked it myself.” You don’t notice that you’ve gotten closer to him, your legs aimed directly toward him. Your body is completely under his silent spell. “You do your own tattoos?” you ask, wanting to know more, anything more, about him. 
He nods, jetting his tongue out to lick the paper. It is pink with a glint of something in it. You realize that it’s a tongue piercing and your clit jumps. “Shiggy taught me when we were teens.” He suddenly stops rolling the blunt and points at a few words linked across his right collarbone. “This one is the first tatt I gave myself when I was sixteen. It’s Latin for ‘don’t let the past steal your present’.” 
He then begins to recite the words in Latin, his rolling tongue making the inside of your thighs feel warm. “I didn’t know you spoke Latin.” His eyes flicker over to yours, a softness to them. “There are a lot of things you don’t about me,” he murmurs, his tone low and sugary sweet to you. 
You don’t know if it’s the alcohol, the privacy, or him, but it allows you to be even bolder. You scoot next to him even farther, turning your body so that your hip presses against his. He doesn’t move away, but you do feel him tense. “Hopefully, there are some you’d be willing to share,” you softly reply, hoping he’ll read between the lines and see how much you want this. 
Alas, he doesn’t say anything, but you do notice that his knee begins touching yours. You don’t know if it’s accidental or intentional, but it has you feeling warm and tingly regardless. When he finally finishes the blunt, he lights the end of it and takes a smoke test before passing it to you. You take it gingerly between your forefinger and thumb and take a much-needed puff. 
The smoke fills your lungs instantly and you exhale peacefully, watching the wisps of smoke disappear into the starry night sky. “Nothin’ like a blunt to ease the nerves,” you sigh contently, already feeling more relaxed. 
“Are you nervous?” Dabi asks, actually sounding surprised by it. His arm is tossed over the back of the couch, right behind your head. “Around me?” You flush, passing the blunt back to him. “Well, kinda,” you laugh awkwardly. “You’re just so…” You grow quiet, trying to find the appropriate word. 
He takes a puff of the blunt. “Weird?” he finishes, quirking a brow at you as smoke billows from his mouth. He passes the blunt back to you. “I was gonna say ‘quiet’,” you reply. “I don’t think you’re weird.” 
Dabi shrugs, looking out into the city lights. “I just don’t have much to say, but you ain’t the only one who’s nervous. Like I said, I’m not much of a social butterfly; not even at work. That’s Keigo and my brother. They dragged me out here tonight.” His eyes, like twin pools of the bluest water in the farthest Carribean island, flick to yours. “But to be honest, I would’ve come anyway.” 
You suddenly forget you’re holding the blunt and quickly place it down on the ashtray on the mini table. “You would?” you ask, hating how breathless you sound. He shrugs like it should be obvious. “Well, yeah. I wouldn’t want that gift card goin’ to just anybody.” 
You scowl confusedly at him to which he smirks humorously. “Look at the bottom of the bag I gave you.” Slowly, you do so, and sure enough, you see a silver $150 Visa gift card glinting at the bottom of the bag. You take it out, staring at it. Dabi looks sheepish, planting his hand firmly in his lap as if he doesn’t know what to do with it. “It ain’t much and it definitely ain’t a Beyoncé ticket, but I hope you like it.” 
Suddenly, the alcohol, the weed, and the scent of him begin to work their magic on you. All of your inhibitions and all logic are gone as you stare at his gorgeous, scarred face. “I love it,” you whisper, and before you can stop yourself, you lean in and press a soft kiss to Dabi’s cheek. You feel his soft skin and the slight prickle of stubble there before pulling away. 
He stares at you, shocked, and you stare right back as reality sets in. ‘Oh, no…what the fuck did I do?’ 
“Y/N,” he says, your voice like a prayer on his lips. But before he can finish his thought, your phone rudely interrupts him. “Fuck,” you hiss. “I’m so sorry.” You scramble to pick it up and find your ex’s name flashing across the screen. “Dammit!” you snap. 
“Who is it?” he asks, his brows furrowed in confusion. You show him, groaning with dread. “It’s my ex. I thought he stopped callin’ me, but apparently not.” 
“He’s been callin’ you?” he asks, a bitter tone to his voice. He does not sound happy about this. You slowly nod to which he demands, “Put him on speaker.” You stare at him, wondering if he’s deadass, but he’s not looking like he’s bs-ing you about this. Despite your better judgment and confusion, you do as he says and put the call on speaker before answering your ex with a curt, “What do you want?” 
“Heeey, that’s no way to talk to your man,” your ex slurs into the phone. “What’s up with you?” You scowl in disgust at his tone. “What’s up with you?” you shoot back. “Are you drunk?” He snorts in response meaning he’s definitely drunk. “Not nearly enough. Just was thinkin’ ‘bout you bein’ alone in that big, empty apartment…but then I happened across your IG and saw your stories.” 
“Yeah, and?” you ask cooly. 
“You’re throwin’ a party at the expense of us?” he snaps at the flip of a switch. “You want everyone to know what happened to us?” You roll your eyes. Everything is always about him. “Only my friends know what happened because they’re my friends. And even if I tell people, it’s none of your business and you fuckin’ deserve it for cheating, lying dick.” 
He pauses, letting your insult process, but the longer he’s quiet the more tired you grow. “Is this what you called me for?” you demand. “To argue? ‘Cause I’m not in the mood.” He makes a sound over the phone between a sigh and a groan, sounding exhausted. “Can’t we just talk about this?” he asks. “I just don’t get why you had to leave. We had three years!” 
You scoff to yourself. The sheer audacity of this guy! Those are three years he decided to ruin; not you! 
“Can’t we just talk it out, Y/N?” he asks again, sounding absolutely broken.
Now it’s Dabi’s turn to respond. “There ain’t nothing to talk about,” he malevolently replies. “She already made it clear that she’s not interested in whatever you want.” 
Your ex is quiet for a moment, taken aback by the new voice. “Who the fuck are you?” he spits. “Y/N, who is that?” Your brain short circuits trying to find a legitimate answer. 
“Her new man,” Dabi growls, “and if I ever see you callin’ her again, I’m pullin’ up to make you see God early. You’re lucky I didn’t do that when I found out you stuck your dick inside someone else who wasn’t the woman you had. What are you, stupid?” You and your ex are silent, astounded by his words. 
“And if you even think about comin’ over here yourself, don’t,” Dabi continues. “Take that as my act of kindness to you even though you sure as hell don’t deserve it.” Your ex is enraged, cussing, and slurring into the speaker. “Who the fuck do you think you are?” he snaps. “You think you can just–” 
“Don’t call here again, whore,” Dabi growls before he gives you a slight nod and you end the call. 
As soon as the call ends, you set your phone down and voice the one question that is burning you alive: “Did you mean what you said?” you ask carefully. “That you’re my new man?” 
Before Dabi can even begin to explain himself, you softly, shyly, tell him, “Because I wouldn’t reject that offer.” 
Dabi gapes at you, obviously not believing your words. Then a hardened expression sets on his handsome face. “You’re not serious,” he scoffs with laughter. “You’re not.” You scowl at him, disappointed. That wasn’t the response you were expecting. “What do you mean?” you ask, confused. “You don’t think I want this?” 
“No, I don’t,” he replies sternly, suddenly standing up. You can see that wall that you’ve been all night trying to destroy building back up. “I think you think I’m a weird ass, introverted loser that you wanna take a ride on because it’ll be fun for the first few weeks while you’re gettin’ over your breakup.” He shakes his head, laughing to himself. “You could never want me.” 
You stare at him, dumbfounded. “Why would you think that?” you softly ask, hurt for him now more than yourself. Dabi chuckles dryly. “C’mon now, Y/N,” he scoffs. “Someone who looks like you with someone who looks like me?” He points to the scars on his face. “I’m not the man you think I am.” 
“I don’t think of you as anything, Dabi,” you passionately say, standing up now too. “I invited you here because I want to get to know you more. I always have, even when I was with my ex.” He turns to stare at you, shocked at your words. There it is: the truth, laid out in the open with only the stars as witnesses to it. 
You move closer to him, gently taking his wrist into your hand. His body feels tense in your grasp. “Your scars mean nothing to me; they never did. Would you believe me if I said I’ve always liked you too?” 
You take your other hand and place it on his chest, right above his heart which is beating as fast as a hummingbird’s wings. “Now that I know you’ve felt the same way, nothing is holding me back anymore.” 
You then stand up on your tiptoes and again press a kiss to his jawline, right on a burn scar there. “I can handle this, Dabi,” you murmur against his ear. “I like it rough.” That is all you needed to say to get Dabi to finally unravel. 
You can only let out a tiny gasp before he grabs you by the back of the neck and presses his lips against yours. His kiss isn’t soft or careful. His kiss his rough; hungry; slow as he draws moans and gasps out of you. He kisses you like he’s been dreaming of doing so for ages, and you have no doubt that he has. His lips are soft, the taste of whiskey, apple, and mint on his tongue. You let his hands move along your back and ass, squeezing the flesh there and making you moan. 
Taking advantage of your open mouth, he slides his tongue alongside your bottom lip before slipping his tongue inside of your mouth. He moans hungrily as your tongue begins to swirl with his, swapping spit and exchanging breath. The act makes your pussy clench impatiently in your panties, wanting to be touched and petted. By him. Dabi then pulls away enough to speak to you, his eyes hooded and dark. 
“How long have you felt his way about me?” he murmurs hotly against your lips. “Tell me.” 
His hand sneaks down underneath your dress to squeeze your ass. You let him, biting back a whimper in the process. You barely know him and yet you’re letting him touch you like this right in the open. “S-Since you helped me move,” you softly stutter. “But I’ve always been attracted to you since we met.” 
He begins to kiss you all over now: your neck; your jawline; your collarbone; your naked shoulders in your spaghetti straps. “Fuck,” he growls against your skin. “You’re too good to be fuckin’ true.” His hands roam up and down your hips and sides, squeezing and fondling. “I’ve been wantin’ your fine ass since we met.” 
“How come you never…?” The rest of your question doesn’t reach your lips as he grabs you by your hips and pulls you toward him, so close that air can’t even move between you. Your bodies are pressed flush against each other, so close that you can feel a bulge in his jeans that can only be his hardening dick. He’s turned on by you. The fact makes you delirious. 
His lips press against yours again, kissing them so much that your mouth becomes raw from it. He begins to walk backward to the couch, never breaking the kiss, and plops down onto the cushion. He then grips you by the hips and coaxes you on top of his lap where you begin to straddle him. His hands, so rough yet so warm, continue to fondle your thighs and ass, squeezing at the flesh there and making you whimper into his mouth. Instinctively, you grind down into his hardening dick, enlisting a moan from deep within his throat. It travels right down to your pussy. 
Suddenly, he pulls away with a soft gasp. His eyes are lust-blown, his lips pinker than usual. “Hang on…I wanna try something.” With one arm wrapped securely around your waist, he moves to pluck the blunt from the ashtray. “You ever shotgun before?” he asks. You blink dumbly at him, confused, and shake your head. “It’s easy. Lemme show you.” 
You watch with utter lust as he takes a long drag of the blunt, his eyes pinned on yours. Then, with one hand, he squeezes your cheeks, forcing you to form your mouth into an O shape. He leans in close as if he is about to kiss you again and, slowly, billows of marijuana smoke shoot out of his mouth and into yours. You’re trembling with need and anticipation as the smoke fills your senses along with the sight of Dabi’s crystal blue eyes staring you down. “Nice, right?” he chuckles. “Now try it with me.” 
You’re eager to try this new addictive activity as well as please him, so you pucker your lips and puff on the blunt that Dabi holds out for you. Then, after inhaling a good portion of smoke, you slowly blow it out into Dabi’s waiting lips. But you don’t stop there. You lean in toward him and devour his mouth, desperate to have him. At some point, he puts the blunt back down but you don’t notice. You’re too drunk and high off of him. You pull away, leaving him dazed. “I want you,” you whisper, wrapping your arms tightly around him.  
“Bedroom?” he asks, a suggestive glint in his eye. “And before you ask, no, I don’t think you’re easy or that I’m a rebound. We already established that we’re two idiots who’ve been pinin’ after each other for months now.” 
His words make you smile. Though you weren’t at all thinking about if he saw you as “easy” or if he was just a lay to get over your ex, it’s so nice to hear that all he wants is you. This only makes your need for him grow until it reaches an almost painful point. Your throbbing clit is a testimate to that. 
“No bedroom,” you say, giving him an excited, sexy smile. “I want you out here.” Dabi raises a brow, not expecting your request. “Please, Dabi,” you plead. “I-I don’t think I can wait.” To show him that you’re serious, you begin to take down the spaghetti straps to your dress to reveal your bra. You don’t care if anyone sees. You just want him so badly. 
The shock in his blue eyes is replaced with sheer hunger when he gets a look at those perfect tits in the pretty little bra you have on. “You little freak,” he chuckles. “Well, at least lemme get a feel of you if you want me that badly. Hop off me.” You listen to him and settle down next to him as he gets up to inspect you. 
You bite your lip and watch him as he kneels down in front of you and opens your legs. When he gets a look at your soaked little panties, he almost looks pained. “Goddamn, mama,” he hisses. “You’re so wet for me. You don’t even need these little panties anymore.” His eyes flick up to yours and his hands still at your thighs. ‘Okay?’ his eyes ask. 
Wordlessly, you nod, unable to speak. But he isn’t down for that. He begins to brush his fingers up and down your wet slit above your panties, paying close attention to your reactions. “Words, baby,” he growls. “Gimme words.” 
“Yes!” you moan, your toes curling in your heels at the feeling of his fingers brushing your wet cunt. “Please, Dabi…please touch me.” He gives you a wolfish grin at your pitiful reaction, but doesn’t keep you waiting. He loops his fingers through the waistband of your panties and pulls them down your legs you reveal your naked, sobbing wet pussy. “Shit!” he hisses, gaping at your sex. “You have the prettiest pussy, babe.” 
“Thank y–!” Your words are cut off by a sudden gasp as Dabi leans in and begins suckling on your clit and eating your pussy like a starving man. He is relentless with his tongue slashes, flicks, and long licks up and down your slit. He moves his tongue like he’s a master at eating pussy, paying close attention to your reaction every time he does something new. 
You’re loving it. You writhe and grind your hips against his mouth, trying to get him closer. Your pussy pushes around his pillowy-soft lips and wet tongue that writes shapes and nonsense words across your wet lips and needy little clit. “You’re so wet,” he mumbles into your pussy. “Does doin’ this shit out in the open turn you on that much, mama?” 
You moan in response to him, unable to form words, especially when he reaches one hand up to pay with your breast. You help him bring down the bra cup to expose your breast, hissing in pleasure as he begins gently pinching the hardened brown nipple. This is insane. You barely know this man and not only are you letting him do this to you, it’s all in public. Anyone could walk up the staircase and see you, or look across or up from the sidewalk to find you like this. 
It’s so shameful. So nasty. And so, so good. It feels even better when Dabi begins to tease your entrance with his middle finger, dipping the tip in and out of your wet pussy. “You want this?” he asks, his voice nothing but a low growl. You nod vigorously and he laughs. “So needy,” he teases as he begins to slowly slide his finger inside of you. “Your ex must’ve not be takin’ care of this pussy. He never made you feel like this, did he?” 
“N-No,” you gasp, eyes blown as you feel your pussy stretch slightly around his finger. He quickly begins to aim up to brush against your clit as he slides his finger in and out of you. Not only that, but he also begins to suck at your clit, sending waves upon waves of pleasure coursing through your body. This shit is crazy! He’s crazy! 
You can feel yourself quickly beginning to reach that peak to your climax. ‘No!’ you think stubbornly. You don’t want this to end. You want to make this moment last. “Wait, Dabi!” you shout, writhing against him. “Stop! Don’t make me cum!” He immediately ceases his movements and pulls away from you, glaring in confusion. “‘Scuse me?” he asks, not sounding happy with your protest. 
You nearly laugh at his reaction. “I wanna make this last,” you explain. “I wanna make you feel exactly how you must made me feel. So stand up.” Dabi still looks pissed he couldn’t make you cum, but listens to you anyway. He stands up, mouth and chin glistening from your juices, and you stand with him. Slowly, you begin to kiss and suck your essense off of his mouth, earning low moans from him. 
Your hands slide down to his broad chest and you grip his shirt collar. “Off please?” you ask, peering up at him through your lashes. You don’t even have to ask twice. In a flash, he’s stripping himself of his shirt and tossing it somewhere on the rooftop. 
You take a moment to admire his beautiful body–so hard and defined with muscle, ink, and burn scars that coat the left side of his body. His nipples, pink and hard, glint with two rings that hang from them and his lower stomach is sinewy with ink black hair. He’s so, so pretty. He must think your stares mean something else because he adverts his eyes from yours. “I know it ain’t picture perfect,” he mutters, sounding ashamed in himself. Your heart leaps with fear, hoping you didn’t ruin tonight for you both. Quickly, you try to fix things by gliding your hands up and down his hard body, admiring his well-defined pecs and abs. “You’re perfect,” you whisper before leaning in to peck his burn scars, running your lips softly over each. 
The low moans and “mmm”s Dabi lets leave his mouth are delicious to you. They only heighten your arousal along with the sound of the party still going on downstairs. The music and chatter are muffled, but the fact that it is still near is so exciting to you. You never pictured yourself one for exhibitonism, but you suppose it takes the right person to bring the freak out of you. 
And baby, do you want to be the freakiest bitch for Dabi. To prove that, you begin to lick and suck along his hardened nipples, tugging on the tiny silver rings hanging from them. “Fuck, baby,” he hums, watching you as you work. His lips are parted and his eyes are hooded. He is completely entranced by you. 
He hasn’t seen shit yet. You begin to kiss down his hardened stomach until you come to his jeans already hanging low on his hips. You stop, your hands at his fly, and look up at him. ‘Okay?’ you ask with your eyes. Slowly, he nods, giving you the green light to finally rid him of his pants. You pull them and his underwear down in one go, eager to see what’s underneath. 
You begin to think you bit off more than you can chew (or suck, rather) when you get a look at his cock for the first time. He is well endowed, thick, and curves upward so his dick slaps against his stomach when you finally release him from his trousers. Black hair curls around his stomach and pubic area, but it isn’t like a jungle. But that isn’t what gets you: it’s the cockhead piercing that glints from the head of his dick in the moonlight. 
You gape at his cock, not sure what to say or do. “You okay?” he asks, laughter in his voice at your silence. “Uh…” That’s all you can say. He’s just so, so big! How could you get him in your mouth? You’re lucky you can even fit one hand around him as you begin to stroke him softly from base to tip. 
Dabi cackles down at you, relishing your fear. “Don’t be scared of it, mama,” he purrs, taking his dick out of your hand and waving it in front of you. You watch, hypnotized…or dickmatized. “You said you wanted to make me feel the way I made you feel, right?” he asks teasingly. “C’mon now. You can do it. Open that pretty mouth.” 
Not wanting to disappoint him, you open your mouth and he slowly begins to slide his dick against your tongue. “There we go,” he coos. “Good girl…take it all in.” You try to do so, your jaw and mouth stretching to accompany his size. “I’m guessin’ I’m bigger than your mans, huh?” he chuckles lowly. 
“Mmm-hmm,” you hum around his cock, the vibrations causing him to moan. You relish the sounds, wanting more. So you begin to move your head back and forth, taking his cock in and out of your throat. You gag and spit all along his dick, causing saliva to drip down his balls and your chin, making your blowjob extra sloppy. Dabi is loving it. He tosses his head back and rolls his eyes to the back of his head, giving you a sight that is fit for only the finest of porn. He’s so, so sexy. And to be able to make him feel good gives you the motivation to fight against your aching jaw and burning throat as you continue to fuck him with your throat. 
“You’re doin’ so good, babe,” he grunts as he begins to roll his hips into your mouth. “So, so good. At this rate, you’ll make me cum.”
You nod your head, coaxing him to do so. You want him to cum. You want to taste all of him in your mouth. But he surprises you when he begins to slow down his hips and pulls his wet cock out of your mouth. “No,” he growls. “If I’m gonna cum, it either has to be on that pretty ass or those titties of yours.” 
You stare up at him then, drinking in his spectacular body and dick standing at attention for you. You then decide that if you are to finally cum, you want it to be wrapped around his cock.
‘Fuck it,’ you think. You don’t care that you barely know him. All of that “getting to know you” shit can wait until after you get him inside of you. “Why not inside of me then?” you purr, standing up to take his hands in yours. 
He blinks at you, dumbfounded. “Without a condom?” he asks. “I don’t have one on me.”
You shake your head, pecking his lips. “I’m on the pill.”
That’s all you need to say to get Dabi to smash his lips hungrily against yours. “Oh, thank fuck,” he sighs, relieved. “I don’t mind beatin’ my dick to the sight of you in front of me, but I’d be lyin’ if I said I didn’t want your pretty little pussy wrapped around me.” 
His dirty words send shivers up your spine. “And you’re okay with this? I mean, we barely know each other and–” 
“I don’t give a fuck,” he growls, already moving you back to the couch again. “I’ll take you out later to get to know you, but right now, I fuckin’ need all of you. Now choose how I’m doin’ you before I lose my fuckin’ mind.” 
You gape at him, dumbfounded and so, so horny. You’ve never had a man be so desperate for you before. You waste no time bending over the couch, presenting your ass and dripping pussy for him. You then look back at him, finding him standing there and stroking himself to the sight of you. “Like this,” you whisper. “Fuck me just like this, Dabi.” 
Dabi is going fucking feral behind you. It takes everything in him to not shove every single inch of his hard, thick cock inside of you as he moves closer to you and begins to stroke your pussy with his cock. “God, look at you, stainin’ up the couch,” he sighs as you twitch and quiver along his dick. “Anyone could look up and see you like this, about to get fucked by someone who is practically a stranger to you.” 
‘I don’t care,’ you want to scream. Anyone could watch if they want. All you want is that dick inside of you now. And then finally, he gives it to you.
He goes slow, taking his sweet time to allow you to get used to him. As soon as his cockhead enters you, your jaw is dropping open and your eyes are blown from how stretched you feel already. No toy could compare to how warm and solid Dabi feels snuggled up in your pussy. Not even your ex could make you feel this full or this good. 
Through it all, you breathe in and out, relaxing your body into the couch cushion. Though it doesn’t hurt, you’re feeling beyond stretched by Dabi and you almost collapse from the feeling. You’re so glad to have the back of the couch to grip as Dabi takes a hold of your hips and bottoms out inside of you. “F-Fuck, Dabi!” you whine, gripping the couch. You can’t believe how good you feel. Where the fuck has he been hiding all this time? 
He begins to bump his hips against your ass a little faster now, the sound of skin slapping filling the air as his heavy balls hit your clit. “Come on now, mama,” he huffs. “You wanna be a big girl, right? Take me just like one. Make me proud.” He begins to fuck you harder, taking a handful of your breasts and fondling them one at a time. 
The feeling is just too much. His dick strokes the most sensitive parts of you as your clit jumps with every slap of his balls against it. And he’s just so deep. He is making you see stars that don’t even compare to the ones coating the night sky above the beautiful view stretched before you. You have no chance to take it all in, too busy taking Dabi’s fat cock as he fucks you into oblivion in your little sundress and heels. 
“Feels good, don’t it?” he grunts into your ear. One hand moves to your ass to gently spank your ass, causing you to moan at the feeling. “Bet you’ve dreamed about this,” he growls to you. “Bet you wanted to get slutted out on my dick for so long. Bet you couldn’t wait for tonight. Bet you planned for this.”
He leans down toward you, his lips grazing your ear. “Bet you’ve wanted to be my good girl for so long,” he growls before his hand comes down on your ass a little harder. 
“God, Dabi, yes!” you scream out to the heavens, gripping the couch for dear life as he fucks you harder. You’ve never felt like this before: so gone. Your eyes are closed and your mind is completely blank from the blinding pleasure you feel, each wave much bigger than the one before and washing over you. 
The pleasure is just too good, and it’s starting to reach a deafening crescendo. You can feel it building in your core, threatening to snap at any moment. “Gonna cum!” you practically sob, your head thrown back. “Gonna cum for you Dabi!” 
Dabi cackles behind you, putting a foot up on the cushion to get a better angle as he continues to fuck your pussy into submission. “Me too,” he grunts. “Want you take it. Take all of me like a big girl, baby.” 
He presses his lips to your ear, leaning down so his dick is hitting that spot that has you seeing the entire galaxy behind your eyelids. “Fuckin’ cum for me, mama,” he demands. “Let me know how good I’m making you feel. Cream all over that dick.”  
And you do. Moans and gasps leave your lips like a chorus as that chord finally snaps. You unravel, cumming all over Dabi’s dick. “Oh, my God!” you scream, your voice reaching heights fit for a shower singing session when you think no one is listening. You cream all over Dabi’s cock buried deep inside of you as he talks you through it, telling you how good of a girl you are as he strokes your outer thighs. 
“Gonna cum too,” he grunts, his hips snapping against your ass again and again as he chases his high. “You gonna take all of it, baby, hm?” 
“Y-Yes!” you choke out. “Please, please cum for me!” You begin tossing your ass back to meet his thrusts, wanting to feel him burst inside of you. And that does it. He grips your hips for dear life and cums deep inside of you with a raspy, loud moan that makes your stomach leap and your pussy clench around his pulsing cock. 
You take every single ounce of his warm, creamy cum that shoots into your pussy, never once pulling away. You can feel it coating your walls, filling you up to the point where you curl your toes and gasp at the feeling coursing through your body. Finally, Dabi’s hips begin to slow until he is sloppily fucking you, chasing the rest of his high. Then with a soft groan, he pulls out, but it isn’t over for you yet. His cock is still hard as he begins to slide the head along your lower back and ass, coating your skin in his cum. “So you smell like me,” he softly says. “So no other man will even try.” 
You let out a weak moan as you feel his nut coat your skin and drip down your thighs, making them slick and wet. Finally, he releases you and you slump against the couch, exhausted and spent, but feeling so, so good. After giving you some time to compose yourself, Dabi helps you fix your dress (without the panties) and fishes a napkin out of his pocket to wipe his cum off of your thighs. ‘What a gentleman,’ you think, giggling to yourself. 
He seems sheepish and almost shy standing there, now in his briefs. “I didn’t…hurt you, did I?” he carefully asks as if afraid of the answer. You slowly shake your head, still in a daze. “That was amazing,” you sigh. “I’ve never been fucked like that before.” A proud smile stretches across Dabi’s face. “Just what you needed?” he asks. 
You wrap your arms around his neck, nuzzling your face into his shoulder. “Absolutely,” you hum contently. “I hope it’s what you needed too.” He hums in agreement, pressing a kiss to the crown of your forehead. “That and much more.” You smile happily into his chest, glad that it was just as good for him as it was for you. 
For a while, you two stay like that: hugging in the warm breeze. Finally, Dabi clears his throat. “So…now what?” he awkwardly asks. 
“Well, we can’t go back inside like this,” you giggle. You motion to your dress still hiked up on your thighs and his semi-nakedness, though you’re sure that his physique would be welcomed. “And I think we both need to recover after those mind-blowing orgasms,” you purr, your pussy still sensitive from his dick beating it up. You curl up on the sofa and poke your bottom lip out at him. “Cuddle with me?” you coo. 
Dabi chortles at you, rolling his clear, blue eyes. “Such a baby,” he chuckles. “You’re lucky I like feelin’ you in my arms.” His sweet words make you flush in the breeze as he settles down next to you. He scoops you into his lap and securely wraps his muscled arms around you, squeezing you to him as if he’s afraid you’ll disappear. 
You feel the same way. You loop your arms around his neck and cradle his head to your beating heart. “So is a date in order after this?” he curiously asks. “I’m not too familiar with this shit, so…” 
You can feel the awkwardness radiating off of him. A laugh bubbles in your chest. Leave it to him to feel awkward about dating even though he just fucked you doggystyle on a rooftop.
“Yes, Dabi,” you laugh. “I’d love to go on a date with you.” You feel him smile into your chest and he squeezes you closer to him, making you giggle. You want to stay like this forever, wrapped up in him. 
When your phone suddenly rings, you feel like shooting somebody. You whine as you grab your phone, Dabi keeping his arms wrapped around you to make sure you don’t fall. Keigo’s name flashes across the screen.
“That’s Keigo,” you sigh. I hope no one broke anything.” You answer the phone, going back to cuddling Dabi. “Yeah?” 
“So I’m guessin’ you made our guest feel welcomed?” Keigo immediately asks. “You two have been gone for, like, an hour.” 
“It hasn’t been that long, Keigo,” you scoff though you really don’t know what time it is. “How’s the party? Is my apartment still intact?” 
“Don’t you trust me?” he scoffs, but you don’t answer that question. “So you and Dabi are together now? I knew it was only a matter of time until he decided to pull up his big boy pants and tell you how he felt.” 
You scowl in confusion, your heart picking up speed. “How did you–?” 
“Know?” he finishes and gives a laugh. “Kid, I’ve known this shit for years! It just wasn’t my business to tell. However, you can thank yourselves because you saved time. Now everyone knows you two are an item.” 
Your eyes widen, hoping he doesn’t mean what you think he means. “Huh?” you dumbly ask, earning an eyebrow raise from Dabi. “Everybody totally heard you up there, sis!” Rumi yells in the background. “You ain’t slick!” You hear laughter from Shiggy and Natsuo in the background which embarrasses you even more. You feel like hiding in a hole and never coming out. Everyone heard you? Were you that loud? 
“We turned up the music, but it could only block out so much,” Keigo chuckles, humored at your embarrassment. “I didn’t know you could get that loud. You ever consider singing?” 
“Goodbye, Keigo,” you growl, cutting off his cackle by immediately hanging up. You toss your phone to the side but not before turning off your ringtone. You don’t want anything or anyone ruining this moment for you. “What’d he say?” Dabi curiously asks. 
“Nothing,” you quickly reply. You slide off of his lap so you’re sitting next to him and snuggle back into his chest, holding him close. “Just that he’s an asshole.” 
Dabi chuckles, wrapping an arm around you as he puffs on the rest of the blunt, smoke billowing into the starry night sky above. “Well, that’s just a fact, babe.”  
THE END.
452 notes · View notes
southpawbitch · 7 months
Text
Wrong | Rhett Abbott x Reader
Tumblr media
Masterlist (this is part SEVEN; read the others here)
word count: 1.5k
summary: a confession is made
warnings: mention of blood, but nothing else
A/N: ahhhhh!! here's the last official part to this series that I started forever ago (the first half of this part has been written since, like, august). thank you to everyone who has been reading & enjoying :) there's still more to the story for these two, so I'm definitely open to requests (despite our reader not having a name, eek) x MJ
“Are you okay?” Rhett breathes out, eyes half closed as you reach back and grab the warm cloth off the countertop. 
“Stop asking me that.” You say, focusing on wiping the dried blood off the split of his skin. The ring on Trevor’s right hand does a number on him every time–you’re not sure why he chose to pick a fight with the only person in this town who truly does not like him. Luke and Billy don’t care much for the Abbott boys–not enough to get into it with them in the parking lot of their favorite bar. Then again, Luke and Billy wouldn’t be doing what he was doing to get Rhett all riled up in the first place. “I’m fine.” You huff out after a moment, keeping your gaze on his wounds instead of his eyes. He’s so drunk right now that he probably can’t feel a thing, but you still try your best to be gentle, knowing he’ll wake up tomorrow feeling the worst he has in weeks. 
“I can drive you home once you’re done.” He slurs slowly, his voice low, moving his hand to rest on your hip, but he pulls it away as quickly as he can once he realizes what he’s doing. “Sorry.” A soft apology spills from his lips.
“You can’t drive right now.” You shake your head slowly with a small smile growing on your face. He knows it, too, he’s just used to offering, and honestly not used to being this drunk. “Plus, I’m already home.” You let out a chuckle–your first since the incident occurred an hour ago. You’re not really sure how much Rhett saw, but he was there before Trevor could do anything. You’re not even sure that he knows you were fully prepared to attempt to knock all six feet of him out. 
“Shit.” He breathes out, squeezing his eyes shut when you press down a little too hard. You hold your apology, knowing the alcohol you’re about to dab on it will feel much worse. He looks down to your right. You’re sitting on the bathroom counter with the first-aid kit open beside you. It all feels so familiar–looks so familiar. He looks up and over your shoulder into the mirror behind you, staring at the familiar green walls behind him. His mind goes crazy thinking of the last time he was here–the last time he ever thought he’d be here. The tiny, little one bedroom pool house in your dad’s side yard that you’ve been living in since you graduated from college. You shouldn’t be here anymore. You should be in one of the neighborhoods on the other side of town. Your house should have at least three bedrooms and a big yard and you should have everything you’ve ever wanted now because you’re married.
But you’re not. 
He grabs your wrists lightly, ignoring the stinging above his eye as he holds your left hand in front of his face. He doesn’t know what to say. He doesn’t know how or why or when. He doesn’t know if you’re happy. He doesn’t know because he wasn’t here for eight months, and he truly thought he hadn’t missed that much. His mom didn't mention it, and she hears about everything that happens from her nosy friends. Amy’s friends with your niece and Perry and your older brother talk often, but he didn’t say anything, either. 
“Sorry, I’m done now.” Your voice is weak, but he shakes his head. He doesn’t care about the pain. 
“Are you okay?” He asks again, but this time, you can tell he’s asking it for a different reason. He’s slightly less drunk than he was when you helped him into the backseat of the cab and called out your address. He’s still holding onto your wrist, staring down at your bare ring finger. You know that he knows. You know that’s what he’s asking. 
“I am now.” You answer honestly. It took you a few months, but you finally got back to your old life. It was easier after Ben moved to the city–clearly he was only staying in Wabang for you. You hope he’s doing well, but you don’t care, either. Not really. The whole thing was a nightmare–making calls and sending out notices and having to show your face in public in your tiny little town was the hardest thing you had to do for two months. It got better, but you got worse, and just when you were starting to feel like yourself again, Rhett showed up.  
“How long?” It’s not a question you want to answer, but you will. He takes a step back, watching as you push your hair behind your ears and avoid eye contact, staring at the shower door to the left of him instead. 
“Seven months.” 
His mouth hangs open for a brief moment, processing what that means. “You didn’t…why didn’t you–”
“Call?” You let out a dry laugh, leaning over and resting your arm on the wall next to the vanity. “You ran off with your girlfriend and got a new number.”
“I did what I thought I had to do.” The justification feels weaker now than it had when he first left. Back when he thought you were happy. He can see now that you’re anything but. 
“Where’s Maria anyway?” It’s a little petty, and you hate giving him attitude after the night he’s had, but you’re just as nosy as he is about life since he’s been gone. He gives a sloppy shrug at that question, keeping his eyes on yours. 
“That obviously didn’t work out.” 
“Obviously.” You repeat with a slight edge in your tone. 
Rhett sits in the plush, tan accent chair that sits by the window in the living room watching as you fill up a glass with water and pour a few painkillers into your hand. You walk over and hand them to him, urging him to take the medicine and hydrate. He looks up at you after tossing them into his mouth, raising the glass to his lips and taking a huge gulp without breaking eye contact. If he’s being honest, he’s scared to. He’s scared that this all might just be a dream. His hands are sore and his face aches, but the memory of Trevor’s face when he hit him is slowly fading away now. 
He keeps watching you as you cross the room and open the closet, pulling down extra pillows and blankets to make him comfortable. He doesn’t deserve to be comfortable, though. And now, in his slightly more sober state, he doesn’t know why you didn’t shove him in the car alone and yell out his parents’ address–forcing him to figure out all of this on his own. He stands to walk over to you, but you walk back into the kitchen, ignoring his stare as you pretend you’re interested in clearing off the counter. The vase you pulled out all those months ago to house the flowers he got you sits empty in the exact same spot he last saw it. The whole scene in front of him is reminiscent of that day. The day he decided he was going to leave Wabang, and you, behind for good. 
He lets out a chuckle at the thought, keeping one hand on his hip while the other wipes over his swollen mouth, head shaking in disbelief. He really thought he knew everything back then. You narrow your eyes slightly, crossing your arms over your chest. The air you’re breathing feels too thick and hot as he’s staring at you like that–not speaking. You’re about to ask him what his problem is, but he speaks before you get the chance.
“I was wrong.” He spits out, unable to keep it in any longer.
“What?” You question as he pushes his hair back and rushes towards you, walking into the kitchen and standing impossibly close to you, holding your face in both of his hands like he wants to make sure you’re really there–that he’s not dreaming and you’re just a figment of his imagination.
“I was wrong about me and you. I-I uh…I love you.” He doesn’t need, or want, to dredge up the past–you know exactly what he’s talking about. He wasn’t expecting that confession to come out of his mouth, either, and he wishes it were under different circumstances, but he’s tired of sitting around and waiting. He was a coward about his feelings last time, and this might be his only chance to make it right. 
Your eyes are shimmering in the dim kitchen light, full of tears that are threatening to fall down your cheeks. If they do, Rhett’s thumbs are ready to wipe them away. You don’t care that he has a black eye and is somewhat inebriated, you know him well enough to know that he knows exactly what he’s saying. You know that he means it, too, so you raise your arms up and grab onto his biceps, pulling up onto your tiptoes and placing your lips on his for a short, sweet kiss before falling back down on flat feet. The tears are falling now, but you’re not upset. For the first time in a long time you feel like you’re exactly where you belong–in his arms.
41 notes · View notes
oillydiya · 3 months
Text
Things Between Us | Cillian Murphy x OC
Chapter 2 : Who is he?
Tumblr media
Summary: Sansa, a 26-year-old graduate student, who unexpectedly encounters a twist of fate when she comes across an actor she never knew before!
Warnings: This fic contains explicit content related to sexuality and various age relationships. The content is not suitable for individuals under the age of 18. *The entire story is a work of fiction. All characters, time periods, and places in the story are purely imaginary.
All of a sudden!! The book on Sansa face, someone lifted it from her face… followed by a small, soft voice.
“What are you doing, nerd?”
Sansa opened her eyes to look. She narrowed her eyes slightly, allowing them to adjust to the light.
"Rest!" she replied curtly.
"Rest? In the middle of this restaurant!" her best friend Gigi repeated.
"Yes," she replied, half-smiling.
Gigi walked over and sat in the chair across from her.
"You really are a strange person," her friend complained before asking, "So what’s the matter? Why doesn’t her face look good?"
Sigh….! Sansa sighed.
"I’m not sure if I feel bad because I still can’t find a gallery to display my finished work or because I’m hungry."
"I think you’re just hungry!"
The young woman shrugged. "It’s true…hunger brings irritability. And arguing!" she told her friend with a frown.
Suddenly! Gigi shrieked with excitement!
"God!"
"What?"
"Huh, the man next to you is Cillian Murphy!" Gigi quickly replied.
"Who?"
"Damn it, Sansa. Don’t you know? He’s the guy who played Thomas Shelby."
"Who is he?" She still didn’t know.
"She really is a nerd! How is it to be British? Don’t know Thomas Shelby," Gigi scolded her young friend.
"Well, I haven’t seen many movies. And I came back to England for two years. Don’t you forget it!"
After finishing that sentence, Sansa glanced at the person her best friend was talking about just now….
She looked around for a moment…. He is a middle-aged man. Probably around forty years old. His sparkling light blue eyes really stood out to her. The face is slender and well-shaped, the lips are thick, the hair is in a beautiful, wavy style. She thought he looked very good at his age!
Tumblr media
Ever since she sat here, Sansa didn’t care about anything or look at anyone. And she’s not much of a movie lover. Makes her unable to tell the difference between who should be an actor or an individual. And this person has a personality that looks like a normal person!
"He looks good," she told her friend after stopping to survey the actor.
"Hey! Gigi, what are you going to do?" Sansa shouted. Because right now, her friend is taking out her cell phone to secretly take pictures of the actor.
"Gigi, you have no right to take photos of other people in public without permission." Sansa quickly stopped her friend.
"Just one picture," Gigi replied in a hopeful whisper.
"I think it’s just the fact that he’s a celebrity. That made him tired enough as it was. You shouldn’t deprive him of his right to rest before he’s allowed, right?"
"Okay, I understand what you’re saying." The person who was scolded had a sad face. And put her cell phone down.
"I just want to have a picture of him to look at. I’m not lucky enough to see Cillian Murphy often."
Sansa looked at her friend’s face with understanding. She thought that Gigi was probably a fan of that actor because she looked clearly sad and disappointed.
"I’m fine. You can take a picture with me." A man at the next table spoke up.
Yes! The actor said Cillian Murphy!
"Really?" Gigi cried out happily. She quickly jumped out of her chair.
Her expression and eyes looked extremely happy.
"Please take a picture for me."
Gigi hands Sansa her cell phone. Please help be the cameraman for her and that actor.
"Smile," Sansa told them both before pressing the shutter to take three or four pictures.
Now her best friend walked back and sat down at the table like a winner. With a mouth that smiles and refuses to close!
"How am I?"
"Both are cute. Unbelievable," Sansa replied, half-sarcastic to her best friend before turning to the actor, "Thank you for taking the time to take a photo with her a moment ago."
"But what do you have today? Why did you invite me out?" Sansa’s best friend asked curiously.
"I want you to help critique the finals. I have to send them to the professor tomorrow."
"Um! I don’t think it will happen today."
Sansa’s eyebrows furrowed in confusion. When her friend had such a negative expression, it was unusual because normally Gigi never rejected her. No matter what, Gigi is always ready by she side. But this time it’s not!
Sansa narrowed her eyes, a mischievous smile curling the corners of her mouth, before using the persuasive course that she usually uses to attack Gigi.
"Please, please Gigi…. If I don’t have you, I cannot criticize any work in my own life."
The young woman grabbed her best friend’s wrist and held her. Sansa began to press her lips sweetly…. Sniff…. Before pulling the back of Gigi’s hand and rubbing it on her own left cheek. With a soft kiss all over the back of that hand.
"Please, Gigi, na….Gigi."
And the coolest trick she likes to use is the purring sound of little kittens.
"Please, Gigi, nuh…ngh…na…meow…meow na na." Her cheek continued to rub the back of Gigi hand without stopping.
She increased the pressure with her eyes sparkling from tears. Pretending to squeeze to attack her dear friend, found something like this… Anyway, Gigi will definitely accept her!
"Okay, okay, stop…stop it! Stop making that little cat sound," Gigi said half-laughing. Ready to pull out her hand.
"Today I really couldn’t go help her criticize her work. I have an appointment with David’s parents."
She made a serious face, ready to explain the reasons. "I also had to stay at his house. Because tomorrow we’re going to have a picnic in Scotland."
The young woman listened to her best friend’s answer. She leaned over and crossed her arms over her chest in dissatisfaction.
"You’re the meanest witch of this century!" Sansa angrily cursed at Gigi.
"You’re also the naughtiest girl I’ve ever met," she replied to Sansa, amused.
"Brae!!" The girl stuck out her tongue at her best friend instead of answering.
Sansa is currently busy drinking a chocolate cheese milkshake, which the employee had just served to her a moment ago.
"I think you need a partner."
Her best friend turned and spoke in a serious tone while staring at the young woman with concern.
"What do you mean?" Sansa were confused by her friend’s words.
"I think you should find a boyfriend. Or go party, make friends, socialize, and you should have friends other than me," Gigi said.
"I party a lot."
"Drinking wine, listening to music and dancing alone in the apartment. That’s not called a party, Sansa!" Gigi roared!
"I already have you as a friend. There is no need for more."
She replied because she really thought this way.
"But you can’t have me as your only friend for the rest of your life, you know that? You should get to know other people."
Sigh!....Sansa sighed.
"Oh, Gigi! You know I'm not good at interacting with other people. It's too difficult for me."
"I just want you to stop being so introverted and have other friends. The fact that you're so wrapped up in being alone like this is not good at all. I'm worried about you, you know that?" Her friend complained lamentably.
"Are you annoyed with me now?"
"Crazy... I've never been annoyed by you. I just feel bad when you need help. But I can't help you."
Her best friend looked at the young woman with concern and continued, "I just want you to have someone to help you when you need it."
Sansa looked at her friend with fond eyes. She understood Gigi’s concern for her. But damn! Having to socialize or interact with other people is so... There was no one around her that she felt close to, except for this one person, Gigi. Gigi was like a friend, an older sister, and the two of them grew up together. Both of them are like members of the same family. And allowing herself to make friends with people she doesn’t know is very difficult. The girl was too embarrassed to talk to anyone!
"Hey... I’m okay. I’ll find a way out, okay? You don’t have to worry," Sansa replied, giving Gigi a reassuring smile.
"I’m telling the truth. You should have someone," her friend continued to say with a serious expression.
"I'm fine, and I like it. Just being happy with the things I care about is enough, right?" She replied to her dear friend.
Repeat what she think so that Gigi understands and is comfortable.
Before Mr. Louis, the owner of the shop, walked up to the table of the two young women.
"Hello, Ms. Gigi. How are you? Do you want to get anything?"
"No, today I just came out to look for this kid. I'll be gone in a moment."
"Okay." Mr. Louis turned to Sansa.
"Here! Sansa, your favorite juicy cheeseburger." He placed the plate of the cheeseburger in front of her.
A large cheeseburger was placed on a plate, complemented with crispy fried potatoes, and the meat was extremely juicy.
"Wow! It looks delicious. Thank you." She replied to him with the utmost happiness in her voice before lifting the cheeseburger plate and looking at it with delight.
"How is it going? The cheeseburger... Are you ready to be happy in my life?" Sansa said to the cheeseburger.
Kick... Kick... The sound of her best friend’s suppressed laughter rang out. "Did you know? I want others to see your cuteness. Just like what I’m seeing right now." The person’s voice was full of affection for the person in front of her.
Lol... Lol... Sansa laughed at her friend before joking, “You mean, you want to see a crazy person talk to a cheeseburger?”
"True, she’s a crazy girl who always does weird things." The two women laughed at each other.
Sansa picked up the cheeseburger and considered it before taking a bite.
"God," her eyes widened!
"Damn it! This cheeseburger is very delicious. It’s like going to heaven!" The young woman exclaimed, praising without stopping her mouth.
"Sansa…." A small voice interrupted.
"Cheeseburgers can’t get you to heaven. Sex can!"
"Stop it, Gigi!" She looked at her best friend’s face with a confused expression.
"Did you know? If I were beautiful like you, smart like you, I’d be going out every day and sweeping up men all over London."
Sansa’s eyes widened... Gigi’s words really made her unable to believe it. With this friend...
"Oh my gosh, Gigi, you’re a doctor, why are you giving me this kind of advice?" She blamed her dear friend before continuing to say, "Remember Sean O’Connell’s line from Mitty?"
"True beauty. Not looking for attention," the two girls said in unison, and Sansa reinforced her will…
"And I can tell you that. If I had to choose between a man and a cheeseburger. I’d prefer a cheeseburger." She replied to her best friend in an irritated mood.
"Of course… because you don’t know how to have sex yet!!!" Gigi shot back at the person in front of her with the expression of an extremely bored person.
"Stop talking about it! You’re making me nauseous. Can I be happy with this cheeseburger for just ten seconds?" Sansa was annoyed and embarrassed because this was in the middle of a restaurant.
Gigi tried to say something, but Sansa quickly raised her hand to cut her off. Ready to count on fingers according to seconds. One…two…three at her best friend. Before the girl could stop teasing, because right now, Gigi’s expression doesn’t look very happy with her actions.
"Okay, okay, I’m sorry," she apologized to make her best friend’s mood better.
"Uh!... But are you coming back yet?" Sansa realized. Just the other day, she had accidentally composed a song, and today she brought that song notebook with her. Sansa wanted her friends to critique her lyrics.
"Not yet. I’m going to stay with you for a while and then go to David’s house."
"Then would you please critique the song I composed? I just put in the melody. Not sure if it’s good or not. In any case, you can’t stay and help critique the finals for me."
"Sure, let me take a look."
Sansa quickly turned around and searched for the notebook in her bag, then handed it to her friend to see.
"Will you let me sing to you? So that you can understand the melody."
“Sure! Sing it.”
" ..Your Words Are Sweeter Than Honey You Nourish My Soul
Oh Just To Know You Is To Love Come And Make Me Whole
Take Me To The River I Will Swim I Will Swim
Take Me To The River I Will Swim I Will Swim. "
Sansa wasn’t sure if she sang well or not, but she tried to sing to Gigi. Will her understand the melody and content as completely as possible? She noticed that Gigi’s expression looked amazed. Her best friend sat still, listening intently with a bright smile on her face.
“There you are! Will you be good at everything? And damn! I never knew your voice was this beautiful.”
Sansa rolled her eyes and looked up at her friend.
“I sing 'Happy Birthday' to you every year. How can you not know what I sound like?” she reminded with a laugh.
“True, but it’s not the same,” Gigi laughed.
“So, how was it? Is the melody enough? Does it go well with the lyrics?”
“That’s great. But I wonder how you can write such a profound love song even though you’ve never been in love?” The listener’s eyebrows furrowed curiously.
“People don’t have to be in love to write love songs. Just add your imagination and feelings. I wrote this song because I read a book about it. Love is a river,” Sansa answered proudly.
“You really are incredible,” Gigi replied with a mysterious smile.
“I think I’ll try adding some piano notes. Not sure if it will turn out well or not?”
“Try it! I definitely think you did a great job. But now I have to go,” said the female friend.
“Are you leaving now?” The person being told goodbye sat with a sad face.
“Um, you can do it, right? It means criticizing the work. You have to help yourself. Please help yourself.”
“I think I can do it. It must have been rubbed away,” she replied.
Gigi packed up her things, got up, and prepared to leave. “I’m leaving.”
A close female friend walked half a step away from the table. Finally, she turned to look at the girl who was now sitting with a sad face.
"Stop giving me that face," she tells Sansa, laughing.
“What kind of face?” Sansa asked her best friend. Because she knows that this face will make Gigi’s heart soften and come back to her every time.
“You little puppy face with droopy ears and a droopy tail. Anyone who sees this must give up,” she said, returning to sit down in her original position.
“Hey, listen, I’ve known you since you were five years old. I love you so much. You're like my sister. We're like blood brothers.”
Gigi said, holding Sansa’s hand.
“Do you know that in my life I know a lot of people? But I’ve never met anyone as talented, smart, and gifted as you,” Gigi tells Sansa with heartfelt feelings.
“Don’t be kidding…she’s a doctor. That means you have to meet only talented people,” she replied as if she didn’t believe those words.
“That’s right! But you’re not like anyone, you know? You always manage to amaze me with your abilities. You’re good at almost everything. When I find out that you are good at this, you will have other things to surprise me. Can she do this too? Yes! That’s probably because you’re a nerd,” Gigi joked, laughing.
“Stop making fun of me!” Sansa who was praised folded her arms and scowled!
“Alright! I haven’t seen that finale yet. But I’m sure that piece must be excellent. Just like you always do. You’re very talented, you know? But you just lack confidence. You must have more confidence. And you have to believe that you can do it, okay?” Gigi encouraged her friend.
Before adding that, “Or if you really can’t criticize your own work. You can take a photo and send it to me. I’ll have David critique it as well."
Sigh…! Sansa sighed.
“It’s okay, art has to be seen with your own eyes. If you don’t see those images with your own eyes, you won’t understand what I’m about to say. Come on, I’m fine. I’ll find my own way. You go!” Sansa also said to her best friend. Sad tone. But she kept her feelings down because she didn’t want her to worry.
“Okay.” Gigi stood up and reached out to ruffle the girl’s hair.
“Go on, nerd. You can definitely do it.” With a hand still rubbing his head like that,
“Stop treating me like a child. I’m twenty-six already, Gigi,” she replied, looking half-annoyed and half-embarrassed.
“You’ll always be my little five year old,” Gigi pinched Sansa’s chin. Ready to shake gently. To convey the love and affection that she has for this young girl.
They embraced and kissed each other goodbye.
“Bye, witch.”
“Bye, Nerd.”
Then best friend walked away.
14 notes · View notes
harrywavycurly · 1 year
Note
Hi Sarah how would conversations with Eddie when you’re his best friend but you are kinda sorta in love with him look?😔
Hiii babes!! This one could go both ways so I tossed in some fluffy-ish ones and some kinda sad-ish ones sooo enjoy💖
*Eddie loves you but not in the same way you love him*
Tumblr media Tumblr media
“What? She’s nice and helped me pass English class so I could graduate.” “Uh excuse me Edward passing English isn’t why you graduated.” “I mean yeah it’s not the only reason I graduated. Couldn’t have don’t it without you sweetheart.” “Damn straight. But really why all of a sudden are you interested in her?” “Because she’s nice…” “and?” “Uh well she’s easy on the eyes…” “easy on the eyes? What are you an old man? No one says that.” “Okay she’s hot. Happy? She’s nice and she’s hot and we have a date on Friday.” “Wait you already asked her out?” “Yeah she came into the shop this morning and I figured I’d just take the chance and she actually said yes.” “Oh uh that’s awesome Eddie I’m so… happy for you.” “Thanks princess. Now what the fuck do you wear on a first date?”
“Why are you acting like this?” “I don’t know what you’re talking about.” “Sweetheart I may be dumb but I’m not stupid.” “Fine.” “You’ll tell me what’s going on?” “Yes but I need this to be a totally judgment free zone and you can’t like interrupt me or make those faces you make when you hear bad news okay?” “That’s fine…should I sit down?” “Yes. Sitting is probably best.” “Okay. Let me have it.” “One more thing. Nothing has to change after I tell you…what I’m about to tell you. Like we can just act like this conversation never took place.” “You’re freaking me out now.” “Sorry. Uh…here it goes okay…I am…I am in love with you.” “In love with who?” “You.” “Me?” “Yes you.” “That’s not…that’s not possible.” “What?” “You’re not in love with me we…we are just good friends.” “Got it. Yes we are just good friends.” “Yeah like the best of friends we aren’t…in love with each other.” “Nope. Not in love. Just friends.” “Is that okay?” “Totally fine. Thanks for…uh not interrupting.” “Of course…” “so there’s a new Halloween movie playing at the mall want to check it out?” “Sure. But I’m not sharing my red vines with you.” “That’s fine I won’t share my popcorn with you.” “Now that’s just rude sweetheart.”
“You have a date with Harrington?” “Yes why are you so shocked?” “Because since when did you have a thing for Steve?” “Since he asked me out and offered to take me to dinner.” “Oh so this is a date of convenience? Nothing more?” “Why does it matter? Are…are you jealous?” “No I just know you’re a handful and I’m not sure good ole Steve Harrington will be able to handle it.” “Oh right…I mean only one way to find out.” “Go easy on him for the first date okay? Maybe save the weirdness for the third or fourth.” “You think we will go on that many dates?” “Yeah. Why not? Steve may be the picture of lameness but I think he will treat you decently and if not I’ll kick his ass.” “So you’re…fine with it then?” “Of course. If you’re happy I’m happy. That’s what friends are for right?” “Yeah..totally.”
“I’m sorry I shouldn’t have told you.” “No no uh..I’m glad that you did sweetheart…shit I’m sorry is it uh okay if I still call you that?” “It’s fine Eddie. Really nothing has to change…” “I Uhm yeah I think maybe…some time like away from each other might be best.” “Yeah yeah that’s fine. I’ll uh just go and I’ll see you at Hellfire next week?” “Right. Yes. Hellfire next week.” “It’s still okay for me to be in the club right?” “Of course I’d never deprive you of dungeons and dragons…it’s totally fine.” “Awesome so uh I’ll see you then…”
154 notes · View notes
morganski-19 · 6 months
Text
With A Comma After Dearest Part 5
part 1, part 4
Robin feels great. It’s the first time in weeks that she’s woken up from the sound of her alarm, and not from a nightmare. It’s the first time in weeks that she’s slept for more than four hours. She doesn’t know how it happened, but when a miracle happens, no one dares question it, so why would she? No, instead she’s going to grab the miracle by the throat and make the most of her day. And maybe not look like shit for once. 
She looks in her closet, taking time to pick out an outfit instead of just grabbing whatever looks the comfiest. She takes a shower and even makes herself an actual breakfast instead of a piece of toast. It might make her almost late for school, but it’s the first time that she feels like herself again. 
When she comes barreling out the door and into the passenger seat of Steve’s car, ready to start doing her makeup in the sunshade mirror, Steve is too busy glaring at her to start the car. 
“What?” She asks, ready to go for once. 
“You’re wearing jeans, and an actual shirt.”
She does a quick glance at her outfit, not seeing anything wrong with it. As if he has any say in what she should wear anyway. “Yeah, what about it?”
“You’re not wearing sweats.”
“Oh. No, I’m not. I actually slept last night, I guess.”
His face breaks out in a soft smile. “Hey, that’s good.”
“Yeah, I guess it is. Now come on, I don’t need another tardy trying to hinder me from graduating, go.”
“I’m going, alright, Jeez.”
. . . 
Robin looks different. Not a bad different, Nancy thinks. A good different if anything. She looks, awake, refreshed. She looks herself, if that’s what herself looks like. 
Nancy doesn’t really have a lot to base it off of, the only knowledge she had of the way Robin would normally carry herself was in the one week they knew each other. And even then, there were other factors that would have hindered the way she did. She looks confident, happy. She looks like Robin. 
Her eyes can’t help but follow Robin as she walks down the hall and into her classroom. It’s captivating. There’s nothing that’s really changed that much, but it draws her in. Like that time in the library but tenfold. 
There’s still no good explanation that Nancy has for that moment. She’s chalked it up to the fact that she had gotten less sleep that night and just zoned out because of it. Because there was nothing else in her mind that could have been the reason for it. There couldn’t be. Nancy had already gone down a whole road of self-discovery in the past few years and she had already reached the end of it, there was no way that more could be ahead of her. 
She knew who she was, that was unchanging. There was nothing more to that. 
. . . 
The beautiful Robin,
Hope that isn’t too weird or anything, it’s generally just a compliment. Anyway, I saw you walking through the halls and just wanted to tell you how good you looked today. I can’t really describe it but you just look more yourself. I like it, reminds me a little bit of when we first met.
More importantly, I guess, is that you looked more awake. Which could just be a complete illusion, but I’m choosing to believe that meant you got a good night's sleep. Which, yay, congrats. The first nightmare free night normally gives you a sense of false hope, but it means that you’re going in the right direction. 
That’s the whole purpose of the note. I just thought you looked good and deserved to know it. 
Grateful to see you more yourself, 
Nancy
Robin can’t breathe. Whatever air was in her lungs was immediately punched out of her chest with the first three words. 
Nancy thinks she’s beautiful. Which she really shouldn’t construe in any way that isn’t just a platonic compliment, but how can she? It’s right there, written on paper. A written confirmation that Nancy thinks that Robin is beautiful. Nancy claims it’s just a compliment, which objectively it is, and Robin knows that she didn’t mean it in a way that’s romantic. But with everything else written, her heart can’t help but start beating faster. 
She noticed things about Robin. Not just like today, but before they were even this close. Noticed the change in the way Robin dressed based on one, maybe two outfits that she had seen prior. Noticed the way that she’s actually awake, carrying herself the way she normally would instead of hunching over and shuffling to class. There was a beat to her steps again, and Nancy noticed it. 
It’s not the most surprising thing in the world, Nancy’s a pretty observant person. And if the roles were reversed, Robin would notice the same thing. But that’s because she’s different. Despite her best efforts, she looks at Nancy differently than Nancy views her. It’s something she can’t control, but that’s just the way the cards fell. Her heart picked up without her brain being able to stop it, and she hasn’t been able to stop it yet. 
So it’s supposed to be Robin who picks up on the minuscule details, not Nancy. Even if the things that she noticed weren’t exactly minuscule. But they were still less noticeable to anyone who didn’t know her. 
Maybe she’s just blowing this out of proportion. She’s obviously dressed differently than the way she was for the last few weeks. And even though she’s still been able to put on some sort of makeup to make the bags of her eyes look less, it’s better applied today, clearer. Even Steve noticed that things were different. Yet, he still didn’t call her beautiful, only Nancy did.
. . . 
The beautiful Nancy,
Look I’m copying you now. Not exactly like it’s false though, anyone with eyes would notice that you’re beautiful. But you complimented me so I feel like I should compliment you. So I did. 
Thank you for your compliment, I really appreciated it. Steve kinda had the same reaction this morning, without the beautiful comment because that would have been super weird coming from him, to be honest. But when I got in the car this morning, he was too busy giving me a weird look, and I mean weird as in weirded out and not because I couldn’t figure out what the look meant, to start the car and bring me to school. Something about me wearing jeans and an actual shirt instead of a hoodie. I personally don’t see anything wrong with because the hoodie I have is very comfortable, and he should know, I stole it from him. 
I hope that’s not too weird. I know it’s traditional for girlfriends to steal their boyfriend’s hoodie and shit, but I feel like that could also be a best friend thing. Especially since there is no shred of attraction between us because, ew gross. I don’t need to prove it to you again because we already told you, but platonic with a capital P. And he stole one of my jackets before so it’s not like it’s just a me thing.
Anyway, I’m rambling again, but in word form. Not that I don’t normally ramble in a non-word form, I guess this is just a written word form. Whatever
Just wanted to thank you for the compliment and return the favor,
Robin
If anyone asked Nancy what was in the note passed the first paragraph, she wouldn’t be able to tell them. It’s not like she didn’t read it, she always reads whatever Robin gives her, even going back to make sure she didn’t miss a word. But this time, here eyes only find those words. 
Nancy’s been told that she was beautiful before. It wasn’t exactly something that she paid mind to, just accepted the comment and moved on. Compliments rolled off of Nancy like a wave, letting her soak in the moment but then receding back to where they came from. Never sticking around long enough for Nancy to believe it for too long. It’s not that she didn’t think she was good-looking, or even pretty. There were always just things about her that she didn’t think were beautiful, or that compared to someone else, they would be more beautiful than her.
So when someone called her beautiful, the feeling that it gave her was only temporary, the insecurities of it all flooding back in to strip it away. But when Robin wrote the words, it was the first time she heard someone say it and believed it. It’s not to say that the other people who called her beautiful were wrong, or didn’t make her feel that way. It’s just when Robin wrote it, it felt more real. 
The thing about Robin is that she’s honest. Nancy only saw her lie one time, and even then there was truth to it. Just the wrong truth for the moment. And then, the lie was needed, was necessary to accomplish a goal. It was so much different than other lies. There was something both of them gained and ultimately, no one was really hurt by it. Mildly inconvenienced, maybe, but not hurt. 
Maybe that’s why it feels more real. Robin hasn’t lied to Nancy, not yet, and she has the feeling that she won’t ever. Or at least, not in the way that people have lied to her in the past. Hurt her, misled her. But then, she hurt and misled them too. So maybe it’s because neither Robin nor Nancy has lied to each other yet that the compliment finally sticks. 
Or maybe it’s something completely different, but that leaves Nancy with more questions than answers. So she’ll take the compliment for now and walk away, feeling more confident in herself than normal and not knowing why.
. . . 
Robin fucked up, she knew she fucked up. It’s almost the end of the day and Nancy hasn’t written a note back to her. She overdid it, the comment was too much. She should have just thanked Nancy and moved on, there didn’t need to be anything else. 
But it was so easy. The in was there waiting for her on a silver platter and she took it. It was too easy to pass up. It’s what girls do all the time, don’t they? Get a compliment and then return it the same way. Like “Oh thank you, you’re so pretty too.” That’s the normal response to a compliment, right?
Even then, Nancy’s first compliment wasn’t exactly normal. Going out of her way to write a note dedicated to just how good you looked that day. Was that normal? Was that just Nancy being nice? Was Robin reading into this? Yes, yes she was. 
It’s easy to read into something where the space between the lines is nonexistent. It could have been a sentence at the end of a normal letter. “Oh, by the way, Robin, I saw how you looked today and wanted to say that I really like your outfit. It looks great on you and makes you look more awake. Which yay, sleep.” That’s so easy, that’s normal talk. Robin can do normal talk
But no, Nancy didn’t write that. She wrote out, by hand, that Robin was beautiful.
Robin’s never been called beautiful by someone like Nancy. Her parents and family members, sure but that meant nothing. Guys trying to hit on her not realizing she’s not interested, yes. But none of that was like this and none of that made her feel like this did. None of those times filled Robin with unimaginable warmth and made her want to scream into a pillow. None of those times made her feel it. 
There is something unbelievable about the words from someone held so dear to the other’s heart. It makes them feel important, seen. Nancy’s words hit differently because they weren’t said because they’re family or hoped to get in her pants. They were said because they were believed. Nancy noticed something about Robin from just passing through the hall. So either Robin was really looking like a complete mess every day or Nancy just knew. From one small glance, she knew that Robin had the best sleep possible and woke up feeling like her old self again. Away from the nightmares and the trauma, just Robin being Robin. And Nancy complimented that. 
So when the opportunity presented itself, how could Robin not return the favor? How could she not admit the thought that’s been ringing around her mind since the first note was slid into her locker? Nancy was beautiful, inside and out, how could Robin not tell her that? 
But she did it too much. She should have just left it at the greeting and said that she was just giving it back. But no, she couldn’t just leave it at that. She had to add that anyone with eyes would see that Nancy was beautiful, that she thought Nancy was beautiful. If Nancy read it the way she wrote it, she would know that the eyes that were mentioned were her own. And since she hadn’t received another note since then, that was all that Robin was left to think. 
She thought that saying it and talking about Steve would push focus away from the true meaning of what she wrote, but she guesses that was wrong. 
. . . 
Every time Nancy goes to write a response, she ends up with something stupid. So she erases it and starts over again until there are holes in the page. Tossing the useless paper into the trash, she curses herself for being like this. 
This isn’t normal, not for her. Not with Robin. Talking was easy, but now it’s so hard that Nancy can’t even find one right word to say. It should be simple. Just thank Robin for the compliment and move on, talk about something else. Maybe invite her over to her house for a movie night or something. Just anything to get her and Robin in the same room again, to chase that feeling of being close to someone again. 
To get lost with someone. Feel the incredible warmth that comes from someone who cares for you deeply. Let the moment wrap around like a hug and wish that the person’s arms were around you instead. 
Nancy shakes her head, getting up from her seat and walking to the bathroom. These thoughts weren’t real, they couldn’t be. She just had a late night last night, that’s all. The fact that these were the same thoughts that were keeping her up at night was irrelevant. Robin is her best friend, so that’s why those feelings were there. It had to be. 
Turning on the faucet, she lets the cold water run, just staring at it for a second before cupping some and splashing it on her face. If she was going to make it through the day, she needed to get focused. Just write the next note so Robin doesn’t feel like she’s avoiding her and then go home. Then she can freak out, even though she won’t because there’s nothing to freak out about. 
“Oh, hey, Nancy,” Robin casually says when she comes out of the stall, walking up to the sink next to Nancy.
“Hey. Sorry I haven’t given you another note yet. I know I normally have another one done by this time but I haven’t really had time to write it yet.”
Robin shrugs. “Things come up, I get it. You … you didn’t think I was being weird in the last note, did you? Cause I promise everything was innocent, just wanted to return the compliment and all.”
“Yeah. No, yeah. It was fine, I appreciated it, actually. Wasn’t weird at all.” Nancy swallows, hoping that maybe saying it out loud would make her believe it. 
“Ok, good. I appreciated yours too. Kinda nice to know someone noticed, you know. After all we’ve been through, I didn’t think I’d be able to feel like myself again for a while. So the fact that you noticed it too, made me really happy.” Robin looks at her, smiling and suddenly Nancy can’t breathe. 
“Yeah, your’s did too.”
Suddenly, Robin reaches across and plucks something off of Nancy’s shirt. The soft brush of her fingers sent electricity down Nancy’s arm. “There was a hair,” she says softly. 
Nancy clears her throat. “I should probably head back to class. I’ll talk to you later though, ok.”
“Yeah ok. See you later Nance.”
Her heart is beating out of her chest when she returns to her seat. As she turns her attention back to the lecture, she wills it to stop. Wills the warms of Robin’s brief touch to leave her soul. Prays for the thoughts to stop racing around her mind. Doing what she does best, she pushes them away into a little box and goes back to normal, just knowing that this box will unlock itself again the next time she sees Robin. 
. . . 
My friend Robin,
I noticed something when we were in the bathroom earlier. I don’t have a nickname for you. Not that I need one or anything. You just called me Nance and I know everyone pretty much calls me that but I still like it. 
I was just wondering if there’s a name that you like people to call you other than Robin. I think I’ve heard Steve call you Rob sometimes but I didn’t know if that was just a you two thing or if other people call you that too. Maybe I’m overthinking the whole purpose of a nickname, but whatever. 
Would you want me to call you Rob sometimes? Or how about Robbie? There are not many nicknames for Robin I guess. Or if you don’t really want me to, I can just keep calling you Robin. Just was curious. 
Your friend, 
Nance 
Robin tries to ignore the way that the greeting stings, but she can’t help it. It hurts being called just a friend after the letters they exchanged just that morning. But those were friendly interactions. She has to keep reminding herself that, and every time it hurts more than the last. 
She promised herself that this wasn’t going to go far enough to hurt her this time, but Nancy was making that incredibly hard. 
. . . 
My dear friend Nance,
I don’t really have a lot of specific names that people call me. Steve does call me Rob sometimes and Eddie started calling me Birdie for some reason. Something about my name being a bird’s name, therefore I am a bird. Which I am clearly not but he’s weird so whatever. 
So you can pick anything really. Whatever you want. I did kind of like Robbie though, that’s one that no one’s ever called me before. So if you liked it, then I liked it. I really don’t care that much though.
Interested to see what you will choose, 
Robin 
Nancy doesn’t respond again before the day ends. Mainly because she was running from her last class to her car just to get home, but the reason why is what is bothering her. Ever since meeting with Robin in the bathroom, the only thing that Nancy was looking forward to was going home. Because going home meant going to sleep, which is the reason why she’s feeling the way she is, so tomorrow she’ll wake up normal. And, since it’s a Saturday, she’ll have the whole weekend to fix herself before seeing Robin again. 
If she can go that long without seeing her, that is. That’s the worst part. Even though she’s been feeling weird about everything, she still has the urge to just talk to Robin. It’s unexplainable really. Nancy desperately wants to find the answer, but every time she gets close to thinking what it is, the panic sets in and it’s left unanswered. 
When she gets home, she notices the rental car the Byers have been using parked outside of her house. They’re leaving tomorrow so El and Will have been over a lot. It’s a lot for Mike to go through again. He and El are going through some sort of rough patch, she’s not sure if they’re even still together. But that doesn’t matter, the two people he’s closest to are moving across the country again. That’s hard. 
The first time they moved away, Mike and Nancy talked a lot about missing them. They had a lot in common, having their partners living so far away from them and how hard it was. It was the closest they were for a while.
Jonathan steps out of the car when Nancy pulls in, walking up the drive while she pulls her backpack out of the backseat. 
“Hey,” he says, trying to act like this isn’t awkward. 
“Hey.”
“I just wanted to say goodbye, I guess. Felt weird not to, even after anything.”
Nancy gives him a small smile. “I wouldn’t have held it against you.”
“I, uh, I can send back some of your stuff when I get back if you want.”
“You don’t have to, you can just give it to me when you guys come back.”
Jonathan scratches the back of his neck. “Yeah, ok. I’m uh, I’m sorry for snapping at you last time. I was just, getting over it, you know.”
“Yeah, I know. I was too.”
“What I’m trying to say, I guess. Is that I’m more over it now, so if you wanted, we could try to be friends again.”
A weight relieves itself from Nancy’s chest. “I would like that.”
The front door opens as Mike, El, and Will exit the house, talking quietly amongst themselves. “Our flight changed, we’re leaving tonight instead of tomorrow.”
“How are they?” Nancy asks and they start to say their goodbyes.
“As well as you could think. I wish we could stay but Mom didn’t want to have us transfer twice in one year. But it’ll only be a few more months.”
“And how are you, really? I didn’t mean for this to happen the way it did.”
Jonathan sighs. “I didn’t either. But, if I’m being honest, I think I would have ended it if you didn’t. Just didn’t want to believe it.”
“I didn’t either.”
“We should get going.”
“Would it be weird if I hugged you?”
He laughs. “I don’t think so.” Nancy opens her arms and hugs him goodbye, as friends this time. “Thank you for being my first love, Nancy.”
“Thank you for letting me be. Have a good time in California, ok.” 
Jonathan smiles. “I will.”
Nancy walks up to the doorstep, waiting for Mike while he finishes up saying goodbye. The hurt that she felt the last time she saw Jonathan faded away, now all that’s left is peace. A part of her will always love him, and she thanks him for that. But now that love is as a friend. They still care for each other, but differently. 
Mike watches as they drive away, only walking back to the house when they’re out of sight. Nancy tries not to notice the dried tear stains down his cheeks. “You, ok?”
“No. I feel like I just got them back and now they're leaving again.”
Nancy pats his shoulder. “They’ll be back, just a few more months.”
“That’s almost worse somehow.” 
“You’ll get through it, I know you will,” she says as they enter the house. 
Hours later, Nancy stares at her ceiling, feeling weird again. That moment in her bathroom replayed in her mind, pushing away sleep. It shouldn’t have bothered her, it shouldn’t be keeping her awake. But like the library, Robin captivated her. But this time it was different, amplified. 
This time Robin touched her. Just faintly but the slight brush of her fingers was enough to send a bolt of electricity that radiated through her body. It was enough to make her freeze and enough to leave her wanting more. Whatever more was. 
Nancy hasn’t really touched Robin a lot at all. They definitely haven’t hugged yet, not like that was a requirement or anything. She remembers grabbing Robin’s hand when they were running out of Pennhurst, and Robin had grabbed hers right before the Creel house. But those were different, those were normal. Out of urgency or comfort. But now, Nancy can’t help to wonder what it would be like outside of those circumstances. 
She wonders what it would be like if Robin were lying next to her now, warming the cool sheets. Just the thought of feeling her presence alone spreading warmth over Nancy’s skin. Wondering if the space between them would become smaller, and their arms would become tangled together. Would they share secrets in the dark, only for the other to hear? Would they fall asleep knowing that they were safe in the other’s embrace? 
No, she thinks, shaking the thoughts out of her head. That won’t happen, because that’s not what’s meant to happen. But thinking back to the way that Robin makes her feel, she can’t help but go on the same loop all over again. 
Nancy isn’t stupid. Deep down she knows that this isn’t something that any normal person wants. Or a normal straight person at least. The thoughts, the beating of her heart, the flush that seems to form on her face whenever she hears Robin’s voice. Those were beyond the line of friendship and into the realm of attraction. 
But Nancy can’t want that. She is straight. There’s never been an instance before this where she’s ever wanted something with another woman. Then again, maybe she was just never attracted to another woman. But she still likes men. The love she had with Jonathan was real, the attraction she had to Steve was real. There were other crushes in her past that were real too, none of them were faked. She wasn’t faking it then, and she isn’t faking it now. 
There’s a word that she heard somewhere that someone used to describe liking both genders, but she can’t remember it. Looking it up could be easy, but she can’t help but feel like she doesn’t need to. Because there’s no way that this was actually something that she wanted. This was just confusion because of the lack of being in a relationship. Just looking for the feeling wherever it came from and enhancing it to be something more than it is. 
After today, she is sure that she is over Jonathan. It feels weird saying that about someone she’s spent years of her life with. Especially since it’s only been a few weeks since their official break. But a part of her knows that she was already getting over him before she called it quits, the distance making it easier to start cutting the ties early. It’s a sad thing to think about, but it’s true. 
And there’s another part of her that knows that a new relationship wouldn’t be pushed away. It wouldn’t be welcome, maybe not all at once. But if she really liked someone, then maybe after getting to know them, they could start something. 
The only problem is that whenever she thinks of who that person could be, there’s only one face that shows up in her mind. And it’s the one face she’s so sure it can’t be. 
. . . 
There’s music playing, soft and in the background. Something unnoticeable but comforting. The air is warm and inviting as someone peppers kisses along Robin’s jaw. Soft hands run up and down her arms before a hand finds its way to her hair, fingers tangling into it. Her lips return to someone else's, slotting together with ease. Tongues pressing together as it becomes impossibly deep. Robin’s own hands travel down the back of this person, sliding underneath the hem and sliding against smooth, warm skin. The person moans into Robin’s mouth, pulling her closer. 
The picture flashes forward, positions changing and clothes being thrown across the room. Red marks on necks and wandering hands. Impossibly soft skin presses against hers and their bodies slide together. Soft moans as Robin kisses down the person’s neck while her hand travels lower, lower. 
“Robin,” the person moans, grabbing her head and bringing her back up for a kiss. Pulling away, Robin’s eyes meet the mystery person. Blue familiar eyes meet hers, blinking up at her. 
“You’re so pretty,” she whispers, pushing away the brown curly hair stuck to the girl's cheek. Stuck to Nancy’s cheek, she realizes. 
Robin wakes up, eyes flinging open with the realization of what just happened. She sits up and turns on her lamp, refusing to chase the warmth and fall back asleep. She takes a deep breath, trying to think of anything other than Nancy to think about, ignoring the warmth in her core. 
“This can’t be happening,” she whispers to herself, hugging her knees close to her chest. 
She can’t help but feel guilty, even though she knows that there was nothing she could have done to stop it. It was a dream, and dreams can’t be controlled. But a part of her wanted the dream to continue. Part of her mind is still there, and her body is still reacting, wishing that she continue it. Wishing that Nancy was really here. 
The line was crossed, there was no way that Robin could deny it to herself anymore. There was no way in the world that Robin was having these thoughts and not having feelings for Nancy. She knew it was a crush, but then it was harmless. Now it’s not. 
Now is when the loneliness kicks in and the unbearable urge to act on her feelings. The hopelessness that comes with knowing that Nancy can’t, and won’t ever reciprocate these feelings. The same thing will just happen over and over again. Robin will keep seeing Nancy because it’s too good to give up, and then end up in this same position, crying herself to sleep. Dreams will keep coming and she’ll keep waking up alone. 
Want. Robin’s never experienced this form of want before. Her other crushes were more manageable, they were less personal. She had admired more from afar than she did up close. Now, there were bonds, secrets, friendship. Knowledge of what Nancy was like and that she knew Robin too. Fantasies easy to create because of how close they are. False hope created by Robin misinterpreting what was only meant to be a friendly gesture. 
Tears start to fill her eyes as reality slips in. There’s no out from this, no lie that will make her believe this was just a stupid dream. Because it wasn’t. It was fueled off of fleeting thoughts that Robin had and shook away before they had taken root. Wondering how soft Nancy’s hair was and feeling the small amount of contact they'd had filling her body with warmth. Getting lost in her gaze and letting her eyes flick down to her lips just once, just to see. 
The fall was crushing, worse than anything she’s ever felt. Robin’s never been in love, but this is the first time where she actually thinks she might be able to. 
Seeking comfort, she reaches out and grabs the phone. When it gets picked up, she doesn’t wait a beat before blurting out, “I like Nancy.”
And after a second of silence, Steve simply says, “I’m coming over,” before hanging up the line. 
12 notes · View notes
shiningwonderland · 3 months
Text
Tokiya Ichinose (Repeat) Memorial
Translator: Koto (twitter: kotowari16)
Proofreader: Mimi (twitter: _mimisaurora)
Editor: Eli
Just Kidding
“…Hm? Morning already?”
I got my sluggish body up out of bed.
I was still a little lethargic, but today I felt much better.
Last night I ran a fever, no doubt caused by me overworking myself lately, though a good night's sleep must have helped me to recover.
Come to think of it….
I had a very strange dream yesterday.
It was a memory from my childhood….
I dreamt of my parents, worried about my fever. They would take turns coming into my room to wipe the sweat off my face and cool my forehead with a damp towel.
They looked at me with concern in their eyes while they tenderly cared for me.
It was a happy dream that I couldn't even want for myself nowadays.
After graduating from elementary school and moving to Tokyo soon after, I’ve grown used to spending time on my own. I’m not going to start longing for someone after all this time just because I… got sick…?
“!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
My eyes widened when I caught Nanami-san’s figure in my peripheral vision.
“…Why is Nanami-san here?”
As soon as I whispered those words, the memories came flooding back.
Yes, she was the one who brought me back here and took care of me through the night….
“Now… To make sense of this situation. No, I should… refresh my memory?”
I racked my brains trying to remember everything that happened up to today.
I was drawn to the song she made and… I was convinced I was the only one who could do justice in singing it.
However, as things are, I’m simply not good enough to sing this song yet. Which is why I have been working so hard on my lessons, not bothering to spend much time sleeping. 
Perhaps it was because I pushed myself a little too hard during the week that I collapsed during our practice session yesterday..
She carried me to my room and laid me down on my bed, all with that small body of hers.
“Oh? Come to think of it, these are my pajamas… huh." 
Why am I wearing pajamas?
Did I change into these myself or did she…?
“….”
There’s no way.
I really can’t seem to remember.
I try to gather what little memory I have left from the moment I first reached this room.
I remember how the fever made me delirious and how I was mumbling on about something.
And-
How I ended up… embracing her….
Just what was I thinking…?!
Her warmth somehow resurfaces in my chest and warms my body again.
“Am I not better yet?”
A heat so intense that I feared my cold had returned seized my heart.
I’ve been on my own for most of the time since I came to Tokyo.
 I would neither be helpless or miss anyone because I was sick….
Though while that's how I felt...
I may have unwittingly wished for someone to be there for me. 
“Hm…mm…”
“Ah, I shouldn’t.”
I was about to leave her as she was.
Nanami's quiet breathing quickly snapped me back into reality.
“I apologize for the trouble, but…”
When I looked at her, she was sleeping soundly, her expression seemingly very happy.
“We're in the boys' dormitory, and I'm the only one here today. With such a vulnerable expression on your face... What if something were to happen?”
I gently brushed aside some strands of her hair while gazing at her sleeping face.
“…It’s… alright… I’m here… with you…. Now, the ice pack….”
What a gentle voice….
Aah, I get it.
That explains the dream I had yesterday….
It was thanks to you that I was able to sleep so peacefully.
“…Taking care of me even in your dreams? Geez, you really are something…”
I would like to watch her a little longer, but it would probably be a bad idea to let her sleep in a place like this. I should probably wake her up soon….
“Nanami-san, you'll catch a cold if you keep sleeping here.”
I woke her with some regret.
Thank you.
Thanks to you, I've recovered.
Tumblr media
5 notes · View notes
ashboy-3 · 1 year
Text
Nice to Meet You
Written for DannyMay day 5 Prompt: 10 min vs 1 hour Fandom: Danny Phantom Charcters: Jack, Maddie, Danny, OC Words: 2242 Summary: It's time for Danny to move into college and meet his roommate.
Tumblr media
This is where the Ten minutes starts.
“You sure you don’t need us to come with you?” Maddie asked her only son as he was packing his essentials into a duffel bag and backpack.
“No Mom. We already sent everything else ahead in the mail. I can fly there easily,” Danny grabbed his favorite hoodie and put it in the duffel bag, following a Fenton thermos.
“Oh okay, sweetie. You know I worry,” Maddie hugged her half-ghost child.
“Yeah I know, but I promise I’ll be fine. You and Dad built this awesome bracelet that hides my ecto signature so I can fly the whole way and the GIW can’t find me. That’s really all that I’m worried about.” Danny said as he waved his wrist that held a black and ecto green bracelet. It was cleverly disguised as a simple rope bracelet with a small ghost charm in the middle of it. That charm was the key to hiding his ecto signature from those who might be trying to find him for very bad reasons.
Once he was done packing he looked up to see his mom’s face still free of worry. Sighing he sat down on his bed, letting her join him. “I’ll be fine. It’s just college.” Danny smiled grabbing her hands.
“I know I should worry. You’ve already accomplished so much! Saving the world, becoming a prince of the realms, and graduating high school all on your own. I shouldn’t worry,” a few tears were about to come out of her eyes.
“I didn’t do any of that alone. I had Jazz, Sam, Tucker, and even Ellie. I had Clockwork, Frostbite, Ember, Dora, and all the ghosts. I had a big support system helping me and they still help me to this day. I wouldn’t be anywhere without all of them. Even my enemies. I’m grateful for everyone in my life who has challenged me and helped me get here.” Danny told her, as he looked at the pictures of his friends and family, the last things he has to pack.
“Oh, you’re right. You will be coming to visit right?” she asked, standing up to carefully pick up each picture as she smiled at how happy her son was in all of them.
“Of course I will. Jazz still came to visit when she left for college,” Danny pointed out.
“Jazz didn’t have as many responsibilities as you do,” Maddie also pointed out.
This is where the ten minutes ended (Words 401). This is where the next fifty minutes start.
“She was still going for a hard course,” Danny voiced for Jazz.
“Oh I know she did and we knew she was going to do excellent. Maybe I am worrying to much,” Maddie thought as her husband entered the room.
“Of course you are! Our Danny has got this! If he needs anything he knows to call us!” Jack smiled.
“Thanks, Dad!” Danny smiled.
“Now here’s some vials of ectoplasm to keep you going in California, call us when you need replacements. This is for the trip there,” Jack gave him a case of twenty vials of pure ectoplasm and a water bottle filled with ectoplasm.
“Thanks, Dad. I really should get going,” Danny said as he looked at his complicated watch that was on the opposite wrist of his bracelet, his right wrist, and put the vials in the duffle bag while the water bottle went into the backpack pocket.
“Call us as soon as you get there!” Maddie demanded with one more tight hug.
“I promise Mom. As soon as I find my dorm and settle in I’ll give you a call,” Danny smiled.
“Make sure you stay invisible-”
“Unless I’m above the clouds. I know Dad,” Danny gave Jack just as tight of a hug, before taking a deep breath and grabbing the two bags, the weight practically nothing for him after training with Frostbite and the other ghost for over two years now.
“Bye, Danny!” Maddie yelled as she saw her son flying away outside of his bedroom window.
“He’ll be okay Mads,” Jack gave his wife a comforting hug.
“I don’t doubt it,” Maddie smiled.
It took half a day of flying at his top speed but Danny was able to make it to California without stopping, but he was dead tired on his feet by the time he arrived. Making sure to turn back human where no one could see he found a desk that clearly said freshman here for info.
“Hi there! Freshman?” a girl with short blond hair asked.
“Uh yeah. Daniel Fenton.”
“Daniel? Nice to meet you! I’m Christy! I’m a senior here, have been for three years, but let’s see. . .aha! Here you are! Your dorm building is Castle 2, it’s going to be this building right here,” she handed him a map of the school, circling the building and where they currently are. “You are going to be on floor three room 313. If you have any trouble finding what you need to know just look for someone wearing one of the Freshman shirts like I have on. We’re all over campus. This is a list of activities that we are putting on for the freshman the week before school to help get you introduced to others on campus. This is a log of when all the separate tours are starting, they all start at student services, this building here. This is a calender of not only the school semester, but also the main events that have already been planned along with a list of the clubs, the fees, and when they meet. Oh almost forgot! When you get to castle 2 at the entrance their will be another freshman worker, she should have your dorm keys! Have a great day!”
“Thanks!” Danny smiled back as saw the building was a short two minute walk. Just as Christy said their was another person with the same shirt, just a different color sitting at the entrance.
“Hey there! This your dorm room?” the guy asked.
“Yep! Name’s Daniel Fenton?” 
“Daniel let’s see found ya. My name’s Jack I’ll be your RA so if you have any problems or anything you can knock on my door. I’m in room 225. Here are your keys and student ID! Enjoy your freshman year and if you ever need to find me I’m normally doing homework at the local coffee shop after four!”
“Thanks, man and you can call me Danny.” Danny held out his hand, which Jack gladly shook.
“Nice to meet you, Danny!”
Danny walked up to the third floor, finding room 313, and unlocked it.
“Oh my shit!” a person who was in the room already jumped up and yelled when they saw Danny enter the room.
“Sorry man! Didn’t know there was already someone in here,” Danny was quick to apologize, he really didn’t mean to frighten his roommate.
“No, it’s my fault. I knew I had a roommate, but it didn’t occur to me when I saw the key turning. Name’s Parker. Pronouns they/them.” Parker said, holding out their hand.
“Danny. he/him/thing/gremlin,” Danny took the hand as Parker laughed.
“I’ll keep note of that. So I’m a freshman. I’m an English major, yeah don’t yell at me. I’m doing multiple languages, the school only offers English and Spanish as official majors though,” Parker rolled their eyes, as he jumped on his bed to lie down, he was already moved in. Danny looked over and saw that his stuff had already arrived and the school was kind enough to move it in for him.
“Do you like languages?” Danny asked.
“Hell yeah. I hope to be a translator for as many languages as I can. This school is the one in California that offered the most. I’m taking the normal English and Spanish classes for my major. I’m also going to take ASL, Latin, Russian, French, Japanese, and Chinese.”
“Damn! I thought that I knew a lot of languages,” Danny laughed.
“I don’t know that many actually. I only know some Spanish and I’m fluent in Italian. Everything else I just know a few phrases here and there. I’m also going to be joining all of the language clubs so theirs more to learn. What languages do you know?”
“I know Esperanto, Latin, Greek, Hebrew, Egyptian, Old Norse-. Sorry nothing that’s really helpful. Their kinda all dead languages,” Danny rubbed his neck as he walked fully in the room, shutting the door behind him to put his bags down on his bed. Seeing that he was given his own closet and furniture.
“No dude that’s awesome! Where did you learn those?” Parker asked, amazement in their eyes, Danny suddenly remembered the grueling training he had and still has to go through the become king. Memorizing every dead language that is spoken within the realms. He also speaks ghostly speak, but that one can’t be explained.
“I had a few friends teach me. I know people who needed to learn all of these languages and so to help them I would learn it with or for them for easier communication.” Danny shrugged.
“Man hook me up with your friends. Well, at least we have Latin in common. Are you going to take the course?”
“Ah maybe. I’m a science major, astrophysics to be exact. I don’t think language will exactly be helping me a lot,” Danny shrugged, opening the box that he knew had his bedding stuff in it. Smiling as he set up his bed as talked with Parker.
“Man, and I thought my major was going to be hard.”
“It’s not that hard. I come from a family of scientists so the vocabulary isn’t exactly foreign to me, but if you ever need help with your language classes I’m a quick learned,” Danny smiled, happy that his bed was made. He still had plenty to unpack but he was to tired to worry about it right now.
“Do you mind if I leave the boxes here for now? I’m tired as the dead,” Danny laughed at his own inside joke.
“Nah I don’t mind. Did you drive?”
“I flew. It was a long flight. I don’t think it was supposed to be that long, but delays,” Danny shrugged.
“Alright. I’ll leave for some coffee, while you get some sleep. We can work out dorm rules and shit later,” Parker suggested.
“Oh shit yeah! Don’t let me forget dude. Although I’m pretty easy. Just respect my privacy and don’t fuck with my stuff,” Danny shrugged, grabbing a baggy long sleeve shirt and sweat pants from his bag, happy that their dorm room had a shared bathroom.
“No arguments here. Want anything while I’m out?” Parker asked.
“Nah. If I need anything I can get it later,” Danny waved him off as he walked in the bathroom to change, hearing the dorm room door open and close indicating Parker’s absence.
Although Danny was super tired he wanted to unpack the ghost supplies from his bag as quickly as possible. Grabbing his water bottle, the ecto one and not the one filled with normal water, he put them both on his side table, the ecto one was marked with a piece of green tape and had danger written on it in black sharpie. It made Danny laugh. He then proceeds to put the vials in the top drawer of his dresser, only unpacking enough clothes to hide the vials, should someone accidentally go looking. 
He repeated the process with the other drawers in his dresser, making sure to cover up anything that could be considered weird.
Now that he was done putting away his important items he could nap peacefully. Setting an alarm to go off in time for the latest freshman tour he let his mind fall into peaceful sleep.
Danny awoke to his alarm going off beeping like crazy, he was very grateful he grew out of throwing or blasting his alarms.
“Hey dude your alarm is going off,” Parker said, when Danny opened his eyes he could see his roommate sitting at his desk.
“Yeah I know. I wanted to catch the last freshman tour,” Danny yawned, grabbing his favorite black and green ghost hoodie to change into. . .maybe letting Sam revamp his whole wardrobe to be ghost themed wasan’t the best idea, but he can’t deny that he didn’t vibe with it.
“Oh shit I was going to catch that,” Parker groaned.
“I don’t mind you tagging along. Might as well get used to each other,” Danny shrugged as he came out of the bathroom.
“Bet,” Parker agreed, quickly turning off his laptop and grabbing a brown shoulder bag.
The two walked together as they headed towards student services learning alot about each other, or at least the basic things that new roommates should know about each other.
“Man this campus is bigger then I thought,” Parker groaned as they finally made it to student services.
“It wasan’t that long of a walk,” Danny laughed.
“Says you! I’m not a sports guy!” Parker groaned, ready to flop on the ground.
“Neither am I, but I like to keep in shape,” Danny patted Parker on the back comfortingly as he continued to laugh.
The two went on the tour, making sure to mark the buildings that they would need know on their own maps before being let go, deciding that the best way to end the night was a trip to Denny’s for some late night milkshakes.
“Yeah,” Danny thought. “College to going to be awesome!”
(Work was completed under the time limit with 5:42 left to complete. words written in this time was 1841. The total amount of words for the work is 2242.)
Since this is the intro fic for Parker and I couldn’t think of a description during the challenge. Parker has dirty blonde hair and blue eyes with a rounded face. Their a little on the heavier side, but that changes as he starts to exercise more. They like to wear button up shirts that have goofy patterns with jeans. Their hair is cut in a mullet with the sides shaved down. They have their ears pierced.
8 notes · View notes
2004angels · 5 months
Text
Rant about cptsd
cptsd has ruined my life brah. I want to live. I want to live without the constant torture of my own brain. There’s nothing more I wish for than to be released from the captivity of the never ending punishment I jail myself to. Just because it’s what feels the safest. To torture myself? Just so that an imagined version of a person of my past will be satisfied? It’s ridiculous. How can I still, 6 years later, at 19 years old, STILL feel an undying need to make sure she knows I’ll let her ruin me just to prove my love for her.
We don’t know each other anymore. I don’t even fear her anymore. All I have left to fear is my own head. My own psyche. What’s left of that time. I don’t fear her. I fear what she has done to me, what she and my own psyche has done to me. What this illness has accomplished.
I trust nothing no more. Not even myself. It’s not even people I don’t trust. It’s my reality. I know my friends wouldn’t do horrible things to me. They probably wouldn’t reject me if I asked for something. But in the reality I live in inside my head, they always do and they always will.
They do not want to visit me. They only came to my graduation because they felt forced to. They only spend time with me because they feel bad.
Yet I know they probably mean the sweet things they tell me when I’m hurting. But my head forgets. I forget. Because while it means the world to me the fear is so great, all too great. I don’t feel safe enough yet.
I just want to feel safe. I just want to feel protected again. Whole again. Certain, that what I’m living is real, consistent, solid.
I know I’m not different. I know there’s nothing wrong with me that makes me different from other people. I’m just like everyone else.
My emotions matter and my needs do to. My friends care about my emotions and my needs. They want to see me happy, they want me well.
Do my emotions and needs matter to me though? Do I care?
Sure, I do. But I fear that if I do then something bad will happen. If I choose to say no, something bad will happen.
She will get hurt.
She will hurt herself.
I thought I was over that.
I thought I conquered that that same day it happened.
I guess the armour isn’t as strong as the heart.
If I do what I want, you will hurt yourself and say I am the devil reincarnated.
If I say no, you will punish me for it.
I often say to myself that you were just 13 and I shouldn’t blame you for it.
That sure it was bad because I was 12.
And today I still won’t say it. But today the 12 year old me will tell you to go to hell. That doing such a thing is an awful awful thing to do. I’m happy we stopped being friends. I’m happy I left you. I should have left you. That was the absolute right thing to do.
Not because you didn’t deserve the love I gave you, but because I deserved better than how you were treating me. And you didn’t change.
So for both of us, but mainly for myself, I had to leave.
None of the things you did were okay.
I deserved nothing of it.
Neither did you.
Neither of us did.
But still, you never had the right to hurt me like that. Make me feel like that. Twist my head like that. Restrict me like that.
I know that you are no longer what restricts me today. I can’t blame you anymore. It won’t do anything. It won’t help with anything. It won’t heal anything. It will just like up into a ball of resentment. Something I don’t want.
Instead of focusing on you I will give all my time and energy to heal what’s damaged and regain my own power. Regain my security. Regain my trust. Regain myself.
There are so many things I believe today that I have to rework, it will take time, lots of time, and it will be hard. I will probably want to give up, and give in to the belief I deserve the pain and terror, but I will do whatever it takes to heal, I will fight it, no matter how hopeless it may feel. Because there is always hope.
I will not succumb to fear.
Tumblr media
(omori reference bc I love that game and it has meant so much for my journey of healing my cptsd)
2 notes · View notes
eadanga · 1 year
Text
The Press Secretary Part 3
Summary: Chris the mayor of town is married to his wife Becca. When he hires a new press secretary who happens to be his lost love old feelings resurface and Chris finds it hard to resist the desire he once had for her
Parings: ChrisxMC
Tumblr media
Emily gets all her papers ready as she turns her head and hears the yelling outside Wonder what’s going on out there She shakes her head No that’s between Chris and his wife I shouldn’t interfere  Chris walks back into the room “Sorry about that Em”
“It’s fine sounded like a heated conversation”
Chris sighs “Yeah that’s what we seem to do a lot of”
“Oh sorry Chris I didn’t mean to”
Chris holds up a hand cutting her off “It’s fine it’s not a big secret around here that we’re having problems” Chris smiles then sits down in front of her “Now before we get down to business can we go somewhere afterwards maybe have lunch?”
Emily nods her head “Of course Chris we have many years of catching up”
Chris chuckles “Yes we’ll have years of catching up now how can you help me out with those wolves they call the press”
Emily laughs then she smiles “Look it’s simple Chris all you gotta to is tell them what they want to hear”
“Well that’s simple enough”
“You act up they’ll eat you alive you put on a smile and be perfect they’ll eat it up”
Chris nods “I get it now do I have any press conferences coming up?”
Emily looks at the schedule “Nothing today but you have a conference tomorrow”
“I’ll be there and I’ll let Becca know too” Chris stands “Now how about that lunch?”
Emily grins then stands “I’m glad I’m straving”
Chris and Emily head down to the nearest café and Chris orders them some coffee and some food. They take their seats “So Em tell me all about yourself”
“Well after college I went to England for a while got a writing job”
“How was that?”
“It was fun but then I missed home so I came back started working anyone job at a paper for 2 years I saw the opening for your job and here I am”
Chris grins “I glad you did I’ve missed you you know we lost contact after graduation”
“I know Chris I wanted to contact you but I saw you living your life I thought you were happy”
“You shouldn’t believe everything you see Em”
“Yeah I know that now considering how unhappy you are in your marriage why did you marry her?”
To forget about you Chris shakes his head “I was in love with her that’s why” Forgive me for the lie I can’t tell her yet
“And now?”
Chris shrugs “I guess the marriage wasn’t meant to be” He shakes his head “But enough about me what about you any relationships”
Emily shakes her head “Not rally didn’t really have time to date while I was working a few guys and a few dates but nothing serious”
I’m glad no other guy should touch he Chris smiles “So do you staying here permanently?”
“Well you’re here so maybe Chris but don’t forget about the wedding”
“I haven’t forgotten I called Tyler last night he made swear that I’ll be a groomsman 15 times”
Emily laughs “Of course I’m gonna be a bridesmaid I’m gonna need a partner”
Chris blushes Oh man seeing her in the dress is gonna drive me wild He shakes his head getting rid of the thought “I’ll be glad to be your partner in the wedding Em”
Emily giggles “Good Chris” Her phone beeps “Oh I better get going now gotta go meet the guys bringing my furniture”
Chris stands “Oh of course Em I’ll see you tomorrow”
“See you Chris and don’t forget what I said!”
“I won’t!”
Chris waves as she walks away then he sighs and smiles “She’s so amazing”
****
Chris enters his home after a long day he sighs as he drops his briefcase on the couch.
“Oh Chris there you are!” Becca comes running into the room
“Becca what is it?”
“Glad you’re back and don’t get undressed daddy and a few people are waiting for us at dinner”
Chris groans “Another dinner? Why are you telling me now when I’ve spent a long day at the office let me rest”
“Chris we gotta go to the dinner these are important people how are they supposed to support you if we don’t go and meet them”
Chris sighs as he rolls his eyes and grabs his briefcase “Let’s get this over with” He walks out the door with Becca quickly following him reading the note cards in her hands
“Now this man is the top oil investor in”
Chris quickly grabs the note cards and reads them then he stuffs them in his pocket “I’ll read them later”
Becca huffs “Well excuse me for trying to help you out!”
Chris drives over to the restaurant then reads the note cards “Ok I think I’ve summarized them let’s do this”
“Chris you can’t afford to mess this up with their support”
“Yeah yeah have higher chance of getting reelected I know I know” Chris gets out the car as Becca follows
“Now if they ask about us”
“We’re all hunky dory and in love I got it”
Becca stops on her track and throws her hands up in frustration “I’m sorry Chris that I’m trying to help”
“If by help you mean babying me then sure I appreciate the help”
“Babying you?!” Becca stomps her foot
“Becca how long have I’ve been going to these meetings I think I know how to handle myself”
“Fine whatever just hope you don’t mess it up”
“When have I ever messed anything up? Are you calling me a screw up?”
“That’s not what I said Chris”
“It’s what you were implying see you inside” Chris walks inside the restaurant
Becca huffs “I can’t believe him
Tags: @indiacater​ @jared2612​ @mfackenthal​ @the-soot-sprite​ @darley1101​
7 notes · View notes
Text
To Be a Hero
A JSE Fanfic
SepticHeroes AU: Part 12
Big news in this part :D Also a lot of setup for future events. Also a lot of dialogue. I’m gonna keep this author’s note short and spoiler-free. Jackie has a talk with Leapfrog, who delivers said big news ;) Then later, he and Chase hang out with Schneep and have an interesting conversation. And while that’s happening, JJ gets a familiar visit at his shop. Happy reading!
===============
It was only a matter of time before the peace in the city was broken with another big crime. Jackie just considered himself lucky that it had been one he could take care of while his leg was still healing.
He’d woken up that morning ready to go to work, only to hear on the police radio that there was a bank robbery downtown with super activity. Once he’d heard that, he’d jumped right out the window without even bothering to shower or tell Chase he was leaving, only pausing in his flight to call his day job and tell them he was calling in sick. Once he’d done all that, it only took about thirty minutes to deal with everything.
Now he was standing outside the First Bank of Daindover, watching as the police were pushing the villain known as Titanium into a squad car. “Mark this day, Windstorm!” Titanium shouted. “You’ll rue it!”
“I’ll rue it like I rue’d all the other days you got arrested!” Jackie shouted back. “Maybe next time, you should try robbing somewhere more creative!” Seriously, this bank was robbed by super villains at least once a month. He couldn’t believe they hadn’t upgraded their security.
Titanium shouted some very generic villain insults at Jackie, which got cut off when the car door slammed shut with her inside. “Good work, kid,” a voice said.
Jackie turned around. “Hey, Ace. Thanks. She’s no problem, really. But this is the third time. How does she keep getting out?”
Ace shrugged. “Hard to keep someone who’s invulnerable inside a normal jail. First time she escaped she just ran right through the concrete wall. I hear they’re going to put her in Byrthon Vault for security. I don’t envy her.”
“Finally graduated to the big-boy prison,” Jackie muttered. He was trying to make a joke, but it just sounded grim when he said it out loud.
“Hey, how’re you doing on this case you’re working on?” Ace asked. “Were those files I lent you any help?”
“Some, yeah. Thanks. Oh! I ran into the villain behind all the string nonsense. The Puppeteer.”
Ace raised an eyebrow. “Fitting. Anything the department can use? Identifying traits, powers to look out for?”
“Nothing identifying, no.” Jackie shook his head. He recalled his and Spitfire’s run-in with the Puppeteer last week. That costume had covered everything, and the synthetic voice hadn’t been any help. “But, uh, weird thing. His powers aren’t actually mind control.” He paused for Ace’s reaction, but the detective just gestured for him to continue. “While I was there, he controlled a bunch of these crash test dummies to attack. It was crazy. There were so many of them.”
“Huh.” Ace thought about it. “So, the Puppeteer can control anything that’s human-shaped, then?”
“Yeah. Yeah!” Jackie nodded. “That’s exactly it! I hadn’t put it together. I guess I was too hung up on the type classification. Though... it really shouldn’t be possible for him to control both living and non-living things.”
“Look, kid. The Super Types are useful, but they’re used for people, and people can’t be sorted into boxes so easily. There’ll be exceptions and overlaps with any labels.”
“True,” said another voice. “But sometimes we need shortcuts.”
Jackie spun around in the other direction. “Leapfrog!” he gasped.
Leapfrog smiled at him. He hadn’t seen her in person since she first recruited him, but she looked exactly like he remembered. Same waist-length blond hair. Same yellow suit, green tie, and green mask. Same copper shield-shaped badge, this time pinned on her lapel instead of in her pocket. “Sorry for eavesdropping,” she said. “Couldn’t help it. How have you been, Windstorm?”
“I’ve been good.” His leg, while still slightly injured, had healed to the point where he could stand on it for long periods instead of hovering all the time. “Uh, nothing new since I talked to you on the phone last week.”
“I heard you filling this man in on those events.” Leapfrog nodded at Ace. “Hello. You’re part of the police’s villain division, I assume?”
Ace nodded, and held out his hand. “Detective Alan Ainsworth. Call me Ace, everyone does.”
“Jenna Croakes. Call me Leapfrog, it’s my secret identity.” Leapfrog shook Ace’s hand. “Do you mind if I talk to Windstorm for a bit?”
“Not at all. I need to wrap things up over here, anyway.” Ace jerked his head back towards the various police officers still milling around the bank. “Good luck, kid.” And he turned to go.
Jackie watched him for a moment, then looked at Leapfrog. “Alright, what, uh...what’s up?”
“Let’s talk somewhere a bit more private.” Leapfrog glanced around, then pointed up at a nearby three-story building. “Meet me on the roof.”
“Meet you—? Uh, okay.” Jackie nodded. He backed up a bit, gave a little jump, and flew upwards. The wind carried him over to the building, where he carefully landed. He turned around, looking for a roof entrance that Leapfrog could possibly use, only to see her landing right behind him, legs bending as if catching herself after a fall. “Whatdafuck?!”
“Not a flier, if you’re wondering.” Leapfrog adjusted her suit jacket. “I jumped.”
“Jumped?! Oh.” Jackie hit his forehead. “Leapfrog. Jump. Duh.”
“It’s not all that useful for fighting crime,” Leapfrog said. “Which is why I’m a recruitment liaison and not a Hero. Anyway. How is the search coming? I know you reported your Puppeteer encounter last week, anything new since then? With him or the Specter?”
Jackie shook his head. “Sorry. But I’m keeping an eye out for any potential targets for either of them.”
Leapfrog gestured off the roof towards the ground. “Was that villain down there involved?”
“Titanium? No. I checked her wrists for strings, nothing there. She just wanted to rob a bank, I guess.” Jackie paused. “Sorry.”
“Don’t be, these investigations take time,” Leapfrog reassured him. “I just wanted to check. Now, as to why I’m here. I was going to stop by your flat, but I heard the police call and figured you’d rush to the bank. I have an update for you.”
“Alright.” Jackie nodded. “Thanks for not going to the apartment, my roommate would have lots of questions. What’s, uh...what’s up?” Didn’t he just say that earlier? God, the nerves jumping around his stomach were messing with his words.
“It’s about the neutrinalin,” Leapfrog said.
Jackie’s attention sharpened even further. “Yeah?”
“It turns out, they refuse to give it to anyone who’s not an official Hero, or who doesn’t work in one of the super prisons,” Leapfrog said.
“Oh.” Jackie slumped.
“So, I have a question for you.” Leapfrog paused. “Do you have any plans on Halloween?”
“Huh? Uh, not as of right now.”
“Good. Because the League scheduled your official welcoming ceremony for that day, and it would be really hard to change that.”
“...wait.” Jackie blinked. The nerves in his stomach began leaping around in anticipation. “You mean...the ceremony that would make me...an official Hero?”
“Well, technically, the ceremony is just a formality. What really matters is this.” She reached into her pocket and took out a silver shield-shaped badge with a stylized LoH on it. And as she handed it out to him, she smiled. “Congratulations, Windstorm. You’ve passed the probation period.”
Jackie stared down at the badge in her hand. He could see the word ‘HERO’ on it, along with his super name, ‘Windstorm.’ Slowly, he took it, half-afraid the badge would break at any moment. He stared at it, running a finger along the engravings, then after what was probably too long a moment, he looked back up at Leapfrog. “You’re... serious?”
“Very serious,” Leapfrog confirmed, chuckling a little bit.
He looked back down at the badge. “ I-I’ve only been doing this for about three months.”
“And you’ve been exceptional.”
Jackie laughed. “I haven’t even done that much...”
“Well, you’ve done enough. Honestly, I’ve been recruiting Heroes for ten years now, and you’re among the brightest. You remind me of a Hero I recruited in my early days, name of Light Phoenix. Both so enthusiastic, so dedicated. Both making Hero status in record time.” Leapfrog grinned. “You deserve it, Jackie.”
He lifted his head. And in that moment, he realized that he’d been slowly lifting into the air, as Leapfrog was a lot shorter than she was a few seconds ago. He lowered himself back down. “I...” He started, then stopped, and shook his head with a smile on his face. “I don’t know what to say. This... this is my dream. I-I can’t believe it.”
“Believe it,” Leapfrog said. “The League doesn’t want the press to know about it until the 17th, but everything on our end has been completed.”
“Can I...can I wear the badge?” Jackie asked tentatively.
Leapfrog nodded. “Whenever you want. I do suggest wearing it out while patrolling and stopping crime. Preferably over your heart, either outside your suit or inside. The metal is a lot more bulletproof than the suit fabric, and we’ve had cases of badges saving Heroes’ lives. Oh, and you will have to wear it to League gatherings and stuff.”
“Right. I can...I can go to League gatherings now.” He was half tempted to slap himself, to see if he would wake up. This was so surreal, and yet it was real. The badge was in his hand. It was heavier than he expected, a solid weight in his hand.
He was surprised that becoming a Hero was so...easy. Not that fighting crime and saving people was easy. But the entire process, from him putting in his application to this moment right now, had taken a little less than four months. It was a little strange, but he wasn’t about to question it. After all, he had been doing hero work for two years now. The League probably just saw his track record and decided he had enough experience.
“There are some you’ll have to go to,” Leapfrog said. “Mostly boring things. Part of being a Hero involves communicating with government officials and police and stuff. A lot of meetings. Occasionally a fun ball or something. I’ve seen people get asked to do commercials for products, that sort of stuff is up to you.”
Jackie laughed. “I’ve always wondered how people got Heroes for stuff like that! Wow. Wow.” He turned the badge over, examining the pin. It was designed vaguely like a button’s, but a lot more solid and secure. It would probably puncture a noticeable hole in his super suit, regardless of how tough the material was supposed to be. He started to put it on, then thought better of it and slipped it into his pocket. “Thank you. Thank you so much, I...” He laughed breathlessly. “This is incredible.”
“Well, super Heroes do the incredible every day.” Leapfrog gave him a little salute. “Call me if you need anything. I’ll probably be calling and texting you a lot, since your Red Line now has permission to access more League databases and such. You need to install some things and do some training.”
“Got it.” Jackie nodded. “So, uh...” Another smile crept over his face, this one a bit more impish than the others. “Am I the best recruit you’ve ever recruited?”
Leapfrog blinked, then laughed. “You’re up there. Definitely the best in this city.”
“I’m the only Hero that’s ever been in this city.” Jackie paused. “Oh. Right. I’ve been meaning to ask you this for a while. I noticed Timekeeper wasn’t in the League database of Heroes. Did you guys never recruit him?”
Leapfrog shook her head. “No. Once the higher-ups heard about him, they certainly wanted him to join. But he never applied. We were discussing me going over to ask him to join in person, but he disappeared after that battle with Earth Shaker two and a half years ago.” She sighed. “Always wonder what happened to him. If he’s still out there somewhere.”
“Yeah.” Jackie stood there for a moment, wondering the same thing. Then he raised into a hover. “Well. I’ll see you, then.”
“See you, Windstorm. Good luck.”
He smiled, and flew off, heading no direction in particular.
A Hero.
An official Hero.
Today was the best fucking day of his life.
===============
There was a knock on his bedroom door. Jackie, slouching in his desk chair, quickly sat up straight and closed the notebook he was looking at: the one with all the information about the Specter and the Puppeteer. His eyes darted around the room, making sure nothing super was out in plain view. Suit was in the wardrobe and badge was in the desk drawer... and there was nothing else. Good. “Yeah, come in,” he called.
Chase pulled open the door, glancing around. Frosty stuck his head into the new gap, also looking around. “How do you keep this place so clean?” he muttered.
“Clean? I’m clean? Please tell my mom that, she’s complained about my messiness since I was old enough to do chores.”
Chase laughed. “I’m just saying. At least you have your dirty clothes in a basket. Anyway. Uhhh...” He paused, momentarily forgetting what he was going to say. Quickly, he checked his phone. “Oh yeah! Have you been to Schneep’s place yet?”
Jackie blinked. “No. Why?”
“Well I was thinking about going over and hanging out. It’s been a while since I’ve seen him. Do you want to come?”
“Now?”
“Well, whenever you want.”
“Umm... sure.” Jackie spun his chair around to fully face Chase. “We could go over for dinner or something. It would prevent us from ordering pizza again.”
“I swear, we don’t do that as often as you think we do,” Chase insisted.
“Heh.” Jackie grinned. “What’s Schneep’s place like?”
“Nicer than this,” Chase says. “But not, like, for rich people. Just above average. You’ll see. Oh! Wait, yeah, I should tell you. His apartment building isn’t near a train station. Are you gonna be okay with walking, or should we get a cab or Uber or something?”
“I’ll be fine, thanks. You?”
“Yeah, I know I’m fine. Walked there a lot.” Chase glanced down back at his phone, switching from the notes to the messages. “I’ll tell him we’re coming over around...six? Is that good?”
“Maybe six-thirty,” Jackie suggested.
“Good idea. We’ll need more time for the walk.” Chase typed something out, sending a text. About thirty seconds later, he got a reply. “Great. He says he’ll make food.”
“Great.” Jackie gave a thumbs-up. “I’ll remember. Anything else you need?”
“Thanks for editing my video again,” Chase said. He gave a little laugh. “I don’t know how you had time to do that, since you seem to be working or at the gym all the time.”
“I’m good at multitasking,” Jackie said. “Also, it’s no problem. It’s fun.” He liked seeing Chase’s process for video-making. It was like they were hanging out together, filming something.
Chase raised an eyebrow. “You and I have very different definitions of fun. But alright. We’ll have to catch the green train at around 5:45 to get to Schneep’s place.” He chuckled when he saw Jackie’s surprise. “Yeah, it’s pretty far out on the edge of town. Gotta be an inconvenient commute to the hospital.”
“Got it.” Jackie nodded. “I’ll set an alarm.”
“I will too.” And with that, Chase closed the bedroom door—slowly, so Frosty had time to get his face out of the way.
Jackie picked up his phone and started setting the alarm as promised. He was planning on more patrolling tonight, but it had been slow for crime. Nothing the police couldn’t handle. And Spitfire Cat didn’t have any new leads to follow up on. So time for a free night.
===============
Chase wasn’t kidding when he said Schneep lived on the edge of town. They caught the train at 5:45 like planned, and still barely reached the building by the time 6:30 rolled around. This area was practically a different city. Or, it would be, if Daindover wasn’t a massive urban and suburban area.
These apartment buildings were new. They’d only been built about three or four years ago, which was a hell of a lot newer than the rest of the city. Each building was only three floors high, their outsides painted vivid colors: red, yellow, green, blue. Jackie wondered if it was weird to be surprised that Schneep lived in a place like this. But he did live there. In Building A, Flat 2D, to be specific. Chase and Jackie took the elevator up to the second floor, where Chase knocked on the appropriate door.
“Just one moment!” Schneep’s voice called from inside. Some dishes clinked, and then the door opened, revealing Schneep in a dark blue sweater. “Ah, you two are on time,” he said. “Thank you for not inviting yourselves to dinner and then being late. To the dinner you invited yourselves to.”
“You didn’t have to let us come by, bro,” Chase said. “Don’t be salty.”
“I am not salty, I am the sweetest person I know,” Schneep said, face deadpan.
Jackie couldn’t help but laugh at that.
“Well, come in.” Schneep stood to the side. “Ah, Chase, I actually bought a bed for Frosty, since you kept coming over.”
“Aw, really? That is sweet. I’m touched.” Chase put his hand over his heart. “But, well, Frosty’s working right now.”
“I know, I thought just in case.”
The two of them walked into the apartment, and Jackie looked around. Chase wasn’t kidding. It was nicer than their place. The front door opened into a combination living room and dining room, with an archway on the left leading to a full kitchen that smelled of something cooking. To the right were two doors, one of which was ajar to show a bedroom. Right by the front door, to the left, was another closed door. A curtained window overlooked the street below. The whole thing was probably as big as Jackie and Chase’s apartment, but with one less bedroom, resulting in a lot more space. “You have a lovely place,” Jackie said.
Chase laughed. “Wow, so formal all of a sudden.”
“Well it is!” Jackie said defensively.
Schneep smiled. “Thank you.”
Jackie glanced around. “Um, sorry to ask this, but...I need to use your bathroom.” He reached for the door to the left.
“Do not go there, then!” Schneep braced his arm over the doorway just as Jackie grabbed the doorknob.
“Whoa, okay, sorry!” Jackie backed up. “Why? What’s in there?”
“My closet,” Schneep said. “And nothing. Sorry for being loud.”
Chase chuckled. “The doc is hiding his secret identity from us. He’s been Windstorm this whole time!”
Schneep rolled his eyes. “I am not.”
“Well has anyone ever seen you and him in the same place?” Jackie asked, a smile twitching at his mouth.
“Yeah, you seem to be the right height and build, too.” Chase squinted his eyes, stroking his beard. “Hmmm...”
Schneep reached over and gently shoved him.
“Whoa, be careful!” Chase laughed. “Alright, bit over.”
“Let’s just go in and eat dinner,” Schneep said. “I went to the trouble of making it when you two invited yourselves over. We should not let it go to waste.”
A couple minutes later, the three of them were sitting at the dinner table with plates of food. “You didn’t have to make something so fancy,” Jackie said.
“I worry about your diet if chicken and mashed potatoes are fancy to you,” Schneep said.
“Well you have like...broccoli and shit, too. Green stuff.” Jackie glanced at Chase. “The only time we eat anything green is when Chase asks for pepper on the pizza.”
“That’s twice you’ve mentioned pizza today, I think you have the problem, not me.” Chase cut off a piece of the chicken and held it out to Frosty, sitting on the floor beside him. Frosty sniffed it, seemed to hesitate, then licked it up. “Attaboy.” Chase smiled. “I know I’m not supposed to do that, but you deserve a treat sometimes.” He returned his attention to the others. “Okay, but seriously. You ever notice how all of us kinda have the same look as Windstorm?”
“Uhhh no,” Jackie said carefully. “Why? Do you have something to tell us, Chase?”
Chase laughed. “Bro, I couldn’t be a superhero. Especially him. Have you seen the acrobatics he pulls off in the air? I can’t even stand up. Nah, if he would be any of us, I bet it would be Schneep.”
“Ah, you choose the better of two options, I see,” Schneep said.
“Wha—” Jackie couldn’t help but be a little offended. “What’s that supposed to mean?”
“Well, I am sure Windstorm would not make the mistake of wearing a binder during heavy exercise like he does.” Schneep’s bright blue eyes seemed to bore into Jackie.
“I stopped doing that,” Jackie muttered, shoving a spoon of potatoes in his mouth to avoid continuing this conversation.
“In any case, I am no hero,” Schneep said. “So it is both bad options.”
“Of course you’re a hero, doc,” Chase said sincerely. “You save people, and that’s all a hero does, right? You know, the other day, someone at work thought I was you. She realized I wasn’t the moment I said anything, of course, but I told her I knew you. Her name was, uhh...” He checked the notes on his phone. “Kira Heath. She said you helped cover the fees for her and her kid.”
“Heath? Yes, I remember.” Schneep nodded gravely, and looked down towards the table. “They were both too close to that fight between Windstorm and Hyper Charge in December last year.”
“But they’re okay now, right?!” Jackie blurted out.
Schneep looked up at him. “Yes, they are fine. I made sure. The child, Ben, he almost lost an eye from one of Hyper Charge’s blasts. But he did not.”
Jackie slumped. He remembered that. Hyper Charge was one crazy villain, never caring about how many people were around, only how impressive the explosions looked when he blew things up. There were so many people around that day. Jackie hadn’t been able to check on them all. He let the sense of relief fade away. What was left was a strange, niggling feeling about something Chase said. “What do you mean, ‘cover the fees’?”
“You know,” Chase said. “The fees.”
“No, I don’t.” Jackie slowly shook his head.
Schneep’s grip on his fork tightened. “Every hospital is required, by the Super Laws, to have a SDER Department, to respond to super-related emergencies, and treat power-created injuries. You would think that would mean going there is covered by the government, as healthcare is supposed to be in this country. And, on paper, yes. However, in reality, that is not the case.” He sat up straight. “You see, the League supplies hospitals with the special medicine and equipment sometimes needed to treat super injuries. But not for free. The hospital must pay for it. Even for use of the database. They must pay the League for it all. The government does not give hospitals the money for this, so many of them have fees. When you go in for a super-related injury, you will get a high bill.” Schneep looked at Jackie. “I did not charge you for that time you got hit by Spitfire Cat’s beam. But only because you did not make it an official appointment. If you had, I would be required to do so. Though I would not, anyway.”
“...oh.” Jackie had no idea what to say for this. “I...didn’t know there was special medicine and equipment for super stuff.”
“Oh, very much so.” Schneep nodded. “Super powers are so diverse, sometimes they require specialized solutions. These are created by the League. I am not sure how, but they are. So they can only be...acquired from the League.”
“Well... I guess that makes sense,” Jackie said. “It probably costs a lot to make stuff like that, so the League has to sell it for a lot.” He looked at Chase. “Wait, did you have to pay fees after your whole thing?”
“Uhhh...I don’t remember,” Chase said.
“You did,” Schneep confirmed.
“But he had amnesia!” Jackie protested.
“He still had his ID. And because of that, they were able to link him to an identity, and a bank account.” Schneep reached over and patted Chase’s hand. “Don’t worry, my friend. I helped cover it.”
“Oh. Thanks.” Chase looked baffled, but grateful anyway. He then shook his head. “Well, this has all been very serious. I just wanted to know if you were Windstorm, Schneep.”
Schneep laughed. “No, no. I could never handle being at the center of action. I never could. Not even when I was a child. Could you be a superhero, Chase? If you had the powers?”
Chase shrugged. “I dunno. I’ve never really thought about it. Jackie?”
“Uh...” Jackie cleared his throat. “I think it’d be cool. I’d like to help people.”
“I see,” Schneep said, eyes locked on Jackie’s face.
Again, Jackie had that suspicion. But Schneep couldn’t possibly know. How would he have figured it out? But he couldn’t shake the feeling that Schneep suspected something. Whether or not that something was right, he had no idea.
Eventually, slowly, the previous conversation was forgotten and they moved on to different topics, as people did when they talked. Stuff like work, and books, and video games. After dinner was finished, Jackie took his plate, cup, and utensils back into the kitchen.
“You don’t need to do that, Jackie,” Schneep called after him.
“No, it’s fine,” Jackie called back. “Is just by the sink fine?”
“Alright. While you’re in there, you can help yourself to anything in the fridge, if you are still full.”
Jackie wasn’t, but he checked the fridge anyway. Nothing seemed appealing, but something did catch his eye. He went back to the living room/dining room with it in his hands. “Hey, nice bottle,” he said, holding it up. “Planning for after-dinner drinks? I thought you said this wasn’t fancy.”
“That was a gift,” Schneep said. He was standing now, piling his own utensils onto his plate.
“Whoa, hey.” Chase grinned. “I wouldn’t mind—”
“Stop.” Schneep pointed at him, almost poking him in the chest. “Do not.”
“I wasn’t—”
“You know the problem. Do not.”
“Uh, I don’t know the problem,” Jackie said.
Chase sighed. “It’s nothing, Schneep is just a—”
“Chase cannot have alcohol,” Schneep interrupted, causing Chase to shoot him a dirty look.
“Oh shit, really?” Jackie asked, concerned. “Why? Is it a medical thing?”
“It’s because of my balance problems,” Chase said reluctantly. “You know how they call being buzzed ‘tipsy’? Well, Schneep is concerned that if I get tipsy, I’ll tip over.”
“Chase, as your doctor, I know you will.” Schneep folded his arms.
“Ah.” Jackie slowly backed into the kitchen, putting the wine bottle onto the counter before walking back out. “Soo...if I was to tell you that he’s bought whiskey before—”
“You fucking snitch!” Chase hissed.
“Chase!” Schneep gasped. “You dumb motherfucker!”
Chase put his head on the dining room table. “This is your fault, Jackie,” he said, voice muffled.
“No, it is your fault! It is entirely your fault! I know we are friends, but I started as your doctor! Friendship now gives no excuse to ignore medical orders in the past!” Schneep scolded.
“I don’t even drink that much of it,” Chase protested weakly. “Like...once a month. And not even that much in that one time. Like, one shot glass. I’m not getting drunk. There’s just... something about the taste that’s familiar.”
“That is no excuse!” Schneep leaned over Chase. “You should at the very least be telling me!”
Jackie went and sat down on the sofa. “I can’t believe these are the people I look like,” he muttered.
“What’s that supposed to mean?” Chase asked, turning his head to look at Jackie.
“Nothing, nothing.”
“Oh!” Schneep snapped his fingers. “Jackie. That reminds me. Do you know anyone else who looks like you? Besides us two and Jameson, I mean.”
“Uh...no.” Actually, the answer was ‘yes,’ but Jackie knew that if he said that, the other two would ask follow-up questions. And he wasn’t about to tell them that he immediately thought of Spitfire Cat.
“Ah,” Schneep said. “Strange. I think Jamie and I found our fifth clone last week, then.”
“Really?” Chase asked, interested.
“Yes, he came into Jameson’s shop,” Schneep explained. “Said he was lost, despite living in the city for a long time. I thought he was Jackie, at first. But he was not. I don’t remember his name, it started with...an N, I think.”
“...huh.” Jackie wondered what that was all about. It could be just another strange man who shared a resemblance with the others of the group. Or maybe... “What was he wearing?”
Schneep shrugged. “A jacket. Jeans. Sort of dark colors. I remember he had on gloves, even though it was fairly warm that day.”
“Huh,” Jackie repeated. “Weird.”
Gloves...
Spitfire had good reason to wear gloves even as his secret identity...
No, it couldn’t be. Could it?
===============
JJ usually liked to do repairs during business hours. It gave him something to do during the long stretches of time where nothing was happening in the shop. Which there were a lot of. Business was steady, but it was always slow. Right now, the only customer was a neighbor, an older woman named Madeline. She came in every Friday to look at things, and occasionally buy them.
So JJ had enough time to sew up some broken seams in some cloth dolls and fix the joints on some wooden marionettes. Then, since it still wasn’t busy, he went upstairs to take care of some business, and then came back down. He assumed that nothing would change. And nothing much did. Except that now Madeline was talking with a familiar-looking man. He kept glancing towards the shop’s front door, like he wanted to leave this conversation and was regretting coming inside at all.
Well, the two of them were right by the display where he had to put the repaired dolls, anyway. He picked them up and headed on over, listening in on what Madeline was saying. “—the city had Moonstone as its hero at the time, before she joined the League and got promoted to National Threat Team. But she couldn’t be in multiple places at once! And that night, the police were just swamped. I called as soon as I heard the scream, and it still took them ten minutes to get over there! I timed it! Well, not literally, but you get the point.”
Ah. JJ knew what she was talking about. He stopped walking when he was right next to the pair and coughed.
Madeline and the man turned to look at him. “Oh speak of the devil!” Madeline said cheerfully. The man’s expression was a mix of alarm and embarrassment. “How have you been, Jameson?”
His hands were full, so he couldn’t reply, but he smiled and nodded. Then started putting the cloth dolls on the nearest shelf.
“It’s lovely to see you, as always,” Madeline said. “Well, I’d better get going. I’ll see you next week.”
JJ nodded at her again, and she waved as she turned around to leave, causing the bell by the door to chime. The man looked over at him, frozen into inaction. Most likely by the potential awkwardness of the situation. Jameson gave him a small smile, then said, That was Madeline. She owns the cafe next door. Sorry if she was bothering you.
“You’re sorry? It’s not on you,” the man said, confused. 
What was she talking about? Jameson asked, despite knowing full well what the answer would be.
“Um...I think she was talking about your tragic backstory.” The man’s eyes unconsciously flicked downwards to JJ’s neck, then immediately flicked up again, not wanting to stare.
She must have thought you were a relative or something, JJ said. Anyway, I don’t mind people knowing. I just would’ve preferred to be the one to explain it. He tilted his head. You were in here last week. What was your name again? Did it start with S?
“An S? No, uh, not at all.” The man gave a little laugh. “Um, call me Ned.”
Right, that was it. Sorry, I must have been thinking of someone else. Jameson paused for a moment to unload the last of the cloth dolls, leaving him with a pair of marionettes. You don’t look like a Ned.
“Yeah.” The man nodded. “I’ve been told that. I don’t know what a Ned is supposed to look like. But it doesn’t matter. That’s just...what I’m called.” 
I’m Jameson. Friends call me JJ. Nice to meet you.
“Yeah, I remember your name. Nice to meet you, too.” The man glanced around. “So...this is your store.”
If you see anything you like, and want to see more, I can give you the name of the artist who made it, JJ said Though, some of the older pieces were made by my family members. The clocks, mostly. And I make some things. Like these. He held up the marionettes, which he’d been holding in the crook of his arm while he signed.
The man took a step back. “O-oh. Uh...they’re nice.”
Jameson laughed silently. He walked over to a spot on the wall with some hooks, hanging the marionettes on them by the handles so they dangled from the strings. Not a fan of dolls?
“Most dolls are fine, it’s just, uh...” The man gestured at the marionettes. “Puppets. It’s kind of a new thing for me. These really are nice, just...”
Don’t worry, I understand. They’re not for everyone. JJ made sure that the strings were all free and untangled. Can I help you with anything?
“Oh, uh, no. I just remembered this place and thought I’d check it out.” Again, the man glanced around the shop. “Maybe meet the other people I saw here who sort of looked like me.  Guess I’ve done that. Nice Timekeeper poster.”
Jameson glanced back at it, hanging behind the counter. He felt a lump in his chest. Thank you, he signed simply.
“Are all those other pictures your family?”
JJ nodded. My parents, and such. They’re not around anymore.
The man looked at him. “I’m sorry,” he said gently.
Thank you, Jameson signed again, softer this time. He took a deep breath, and then a step back. Wel, if you need anything, let me know. I’d be happy to help.
“Right. No problem.” The man nodded. “I’ll be honest, I’m not going to buy anything. I don’t carry any cash or cards when I’m not intending to shop, and I don’t have any of those money apps or anything.”
Oh, we don’t take any apps, just cash and card, JJ said. So no worries there. And no worries about not buying anything. Sometimes you just need to look around. You can come back any time.
The man stared at him, then nodded. “Yeah. I’ll probably do that.”
The shop was quiet for the next while, as the man browsed and JJ sat at the counter and read a book. Eventually, though, the bell at the door rang again, and the familiar man was gone.
But Jameson knew he would be back again.
17 notes · View notes
angelsfalling16 · 2 years
Text
Swimming and Baking
I came up with the idea for this fic while I was in the pool this morning and it's a little rushed and barely edited but it feels so good to be writing again 😁 also, it's very small, but there's a mention of Simon's birthday at the end, so happy 25th birthday, Simon! 🥳🎂
Summary: Simon never learned how to swim when he was a kid, and when he finally decides to learn how, he's surprised to run into an old nemesis/crush.
Word count: 2182
Read it on ao3 or down below
Tumblr media
Simon
It’s embarrassing enough that I'm 24 years old and never learned how to swim, but I'm even more mortified when I see who my swim instructor is. Bouncing from foster home to foster home, I never really had an opportunity to learn how to swim - no one cared enough to teach me - and now, seeing Baz pitch of all people, I'm wondering if this was a mistake.
Baz was the hottest guy at our high school. Not that I would have ever admitted that back then. I didn't begin to understand my feelings for him until it was far too late, and then we graduated and I never saw him again. Until now, at one of my most humiliating moments.
I want to turn around and leave, pretend like this never happened, but it's too late. He's already seen me.
He seems just as surprised to see me, but he's very professional as he explains to me the basics of swimming.
"For today, we'll just focus on learning how to float. To start, I'm going to have you lay back in the water, and I'm going to help keep you above the water."
I nod and follow his instructions. He places one hand under my back and the other under my legs. My body feels tense all over, as I try to react to the feeling of his hands on me.
"Relax," Baz says gently. "Just breathe and relax."
 Baz
In high school, I imagined a million ways that I could have my hands on Simon, but none of them were quite like this. It was surprising to see him after all of these years and even more surprising given the circumstances.
He's not the only adult we've had to teach how to swim, but it's weird how things have aligned in such a away that I'm his swim instructor. This is going to be an interesting few weeks.
***
Simon 
Shit. I'm running late.
"Tish," I call out to the front of the bakery, and a moment later, she enters, her blue and black striped hair swinging. Her color of the month.
"Yes?"
"Can you watch these cakes and pull them out to cool? Cal will be in first thing in the morning to decorate them."
They're a last minute order, but I couldn't say no to making one more pride cake. It is pride month after all.
"Of course," Tish nods, but I'm still skeptical. Tish is amazing when it comes to making cool and crazy coffee flavors, but she's the opposite when it comes to baking. "It'll be fine. Aren't you late to be somewhere?"
I sigh because she's right.
If Baz had just given me his number, I could have texted him to let him know that I would be late, but he refused, saying it was unprofessional. And now he probably thinks I flaked because of how terrible I am even though this will only be our third lesson.
 Baz
Simon is late. I shouldn't be so surprised. He was always late back in school, but since he's paying for this, you'd think that he would try to actually show up on time.
Maybe he quit. I can't tell if I want that or would hate that.
Seeing Simon again after all these years has brought up a turmoil of feelings in me. I thought I had gotten over him years ago, resigning myself to the fact that I'd likely never see him again. But then he walked back into my life, bringing those old feelings along with him.
Teaching him has been kind of difficult because I don't want to push him too far or make him feel uncomfortable by touching him too much. A lot of my instruction has been solely verbal, which is a struggle for him, but he keeps showing up anyway.
I should suggest that he find a different swim instructor, but I can't seem to find the words to do so. I don't want it to seem like I'm pushing him away, and if I'm being completely honest, I like spending this time with him and am not ready to see him walk back out of my life.
It's stupid, I know, but as long as he still wants to come, I'm going to let him.
***
Simon
"Who is that?" Sam says a couple of weeks later, loud enough that even Cal looks up from the cookies they were carefully decorating with rainbow stripes. We've been struggling to keep the baked goods that they've been decorating for pride month in stock for more than a couple of hours each day no matter how many I bake or they decorate.
I look up at the door to see who has just walked in and am shocked to see Baz here.
"Uh, that's my swim instructor," I murmur. They all already know I've been taking swim lessons, but it's still embarrassing to admit.
"Damn, he's hot," Sam says, only a little quieter this time. "I would have take swim lessons too if I'd known the instructor was going to look like him."
"Don't you have a girlfriend?" Tish asks from behind the register, where she's ringing up a young girl who is politely pretending not to be listening in to our admittedly too loud conversation.
"Yeah," Sam replies, "but I can still look."
I shake my head and turn my attention back to Baz who has joined the line to order. His hair is down today, falling in loose waves a few inches past his shoulder. I hadn't realized how long it was because he's always got it pulled up into a bun when we're in the pool. It looks really nice like this.
Tish clears her throat, and I jump. "Perhaps we should all get back to work," she says, looking pointedly at me and Sam. I nod and turn to help Cal with a few cookies watching Baz from the corner of my eye.
I can't believe that Baz is here. In my bakery. Well, mine and Tish's bakery. We opened it together a few years ago. But still, what is he doing here?
"I think he's watching you," Cal murmurs with a knowing smile after a couple of minutes have passed, right before Tish says, "Hey, Simon, will you cover the cash register while I make these coffees?"
It's obvious what she's doing, but I play along anyway. Baz is second in line now, and I force myself to keep my eyes off of him until he's standing directly in front of me.
"What can I get for you today?" I ask. At least, that's what I mean to say. Instead, it comes out more like, "What are you doing?"
God, I'm an idiot. No wonder Baz hates me. I can't even talk to him without making a fool of myself.
He raises an eyebrow at me, and one corner of his mouth turns up in an amused version of that oh-so familiar smirk that has my heart skipping a beat.
"My friend was telling me about this place, and I thought I would stop by and try it. I had no idea that you worked here."
"Actually, he owns the place," Tish says from somewhere behind me, apparently not too busy to eavesdrop on our conversation.
"Wow." Both of his eyebrows raise now. "That's cool."
I nod. "I'm not that stupid boy from high school anymore."
The corners of Baz's mouth turn down, and I wish I could stuff the words back into my mouth. Why can't I speak around him?
"I never thought you were stupid. I just thought you could have applied yourself a little more."
"Right." I don't want to get into this. Our past is messy, and I don't really want to relive high school right now. "So, what I can get for you?"
He pauses briefly, and for a moment, it looks like he wants to say something more but seems to think better of it. He orders some really sweet coffee that only Tish knows how to make and one each of our pride cupcakes and cookies.
Tish manages to wait until Baz has finished eating and left before confronting me, but as soon as the door closes behind him, she's dragging me into the kitchen and demanding answers.
"What's going on with you and Baz? And do not say he's just your swim instructor. Clearly, there's more to it than that."
I shrug, my go-to response when I don't know how to talk about something. I try anyway because Tish is my best friend, besides Penny.
"We went to high school together. I had a crush on him but never told him. We haven't seen each other in years. And now he's teaching me to swim. That's it."
"That's not it. There was some serious tension between y'all. Do you still like him?"
I shrug, then nod. Of course, I do. He's gorgeous and kind and funny, and I don't think I ever really got over him. But I know he could never like me back. To him, I'm still that immature boy who drove him mad in school. And now, the boy who never learned to swim.
Tish shakes her head at me. "I love you, but you can be really thick sometimes."
"What are you talking about?"
"That guy likes you. You should have seen the look on his face when he saw you behind the counter. I don't even know how to describe it."
I want to argue with her, but I know it's pointless. She may not be into romantic relationships herself, but she's really knowledgeable when it comes to this kind of thing.
It's hard to believe her, though. Why would Baz like me?
 Baz
I don't stray far when I leave Simon's bakery. I end up walking aimlessly around a small bookstore a couple shops down from it, but my mind is still at the bakery, watching Simon in his element, joking with his friends and relaxing in a way that he hasn't been in the water these past few weeks.
Maybe it was selfish of me not to tell him to find a new swim instructor. I thought that we could work through our past, but if he can't even be comfortable around me, there's no way I will be able to teach him.
Coming to that conclusion, I head back out onto the sidewalk and towards the bakery. There isn't a line this time, and Simon isn't behind the counter anymore. I could still turn back. But I don't.
The girl with the blue streaks in her hair is being the counter, and when she sees me, she rushes through a door to the back. A couple moments later, she comes back, Simon following behind her.
"Hey," he says slowly, tensely.
This is going to hurt like hell, but it's the kind thing to do. I have to let him go and quit holding on to my crush for him.
"Can we talk for a moment?" I ask.
His brows furrow, but he nods. "I'll be right back," he murmurs. Then he makes his way around the counter towards me.
Aware that his coworkers are watching and probably listening, I take a few steps away from the counter.
"Listen, I've been thinking about it, and I think that you should find a new swim instructor."
"What? Why?" He sounds hurt, but I'm probably imagining it.
"You obviously aren't comfortable around me, and I think you would be better off with someone else teaching you."
He doesn't say anything, just stares at me.
"I'm sorry, Simon," I say, then turn to go. I barely make it a step before he grabs my wrist and pulls me back around.
"Wait. I don't understand. I thought things were fine. I thought I was getting better."
"You are. I just think you would be better with someone you can be comfortable around."
"It's not that I'm not comfortable around you. I just—." He hesitates briefly, and his voice is barely above a whisper when he says, "I'm afraid."
"Of me?"
"No," he says quickly, shaking his head. "Of my feelings for you."
It's my turn to be stunned into silence. His feelings for me? What is he talking about?
"I like you, and I was afraid that you would find out. That's probably why I've seemed so closed off around you."
I don't know what to say, but I don't think words are necessary at this point. His hand is still on my wrist, so I bring my free hand up to cup his cheeks and with paper rainbows dancing above us, I kiss him.
 Simon
I should probably be at least a little bit concerned about kissing someone in the place I work, but I can't seem to find it in me to care in this moment.
Because I'm kissing Baz. The boy I never thought would like me.
I don't think he knows it's my birthday, but he's just given me the best birthday present ever.
23 notes · View notes
bisexualhobi · 2 years
Note
The more I read about min heejin, the more I start to wonder how it wasn’t so well known before. She’s been in the industry for 20 years but most people still knew her as visionary and genius. I do think her ideas and concepts are really cool and interesting sometimes maybe a little shocking but the issue is her fascination for kids/young idols or barely legal idols. If newjeans concept/songs were given to red velvet or any group that has grown members everyone will love it! Instead we got kids sucking the same lollipop and singing about looking for attention. It just doesn’t seem right. Also she takes inspiration from movies and art that are questionable and often are about power imbalance and huge age gap… I think instead of discussing bts exemption korean government should focus on creating a law that bans child labour so kids can be kids and won’t debut before they’re in high school. And I’m tired of people saying that a lot of idols debuted early (I know it’s true) but many of them’ve spoken up how they think they started too early and that it really affected them and their mental health. Idols can start their careers after they graduate, I actually think it would help them be better celebrities/performers in general because they would have more time to practice their skills! There, also, should be official age for trainees as well, and I think companies should have studios and practice rooms in other cities in Korea (I don’t believe that big3 and hybe don’t have enough money for that) so trainees could practice while their living with their parents or living closer to their parents. There is no need for 10/13 years old to move to Seoul alone because they’re a trainee. Then the other trainees that may be a little older than them (but still teenagers) will take care of them because they’re still kids! But if after they graduate, they would be set to debut, they can move to Seoul to meet other members and have media training and prepare for promotions. I actually read that article that the other anon’s sent you and can’t stop thinking about the fragment when min heejin talks about skipping school when they’re preparing to debut: “I’ve been in charge of ADOR’s whole girl group system since September 2021. And the first step was the training. The very first thing I did was to check their health and lifestyle, plus check the condition of the accomodations and the practice studio. And trainees usually have a hard time keeping up with school when they’re set to debut because there’s so much they have to do to prepare for it. But in reality, even if you didn’t like school when you had to be there, you might feel left out and like you’re missing something once you’re no longer able to attend. Because people tend to linger on the things they’re not able to experience… So I felt like I wanted to create, to the best of my ability, a substitute environment. I think the trainee life we provide is akin to a mini version of school life, so I feel they’re studying things at the label in place of what they would learn at school. The things we study are similar to subjects like music, art, history and language arts. To look at it another way, you could say the subjects they’re most interested in are more immersive now. They’re even able to develop relationships and social skills with their fellow trainees and their trainers. That’s why I always emphasize to all employees in our organization that they’re also role models.” Kids shouldn’t have to choose between school and being idols and there’s no way you can compare school to a label. It’s especially important for trainees because if they won’t be successful and/or disband they don’t have a backup plan since all they can do is sing and dance and have no education… that’s why there are idols who debuts two or three times because they’re trying to achieve something. Anyway, sorry for my rant but I just want to say that I’m happy this issue is being talked about and I hope one day it will change and only adults will work as idols, hopefully it will happen sooner than later!
i'm the first one to accept up until this month i had no idea abt all the weird shit min heejin has done. i legit only liked her bc she directed f(x) pink tape and i am hopelessly in love with that entire album concept.
learning about all of this rn as it unfolds is kinda crazy and it leaves a bad taste in everyone's mouths for sure :/
19 notes · View notes
untitledgirl5173 · 1 year
Text
5 Steps for taking care of my Nico
From the last entry of the diary of Nishikino Maki. Comes a step by step guide for taking care of Nico Yazawa. A 10k NicoMaki Fic
Can broken hearts ever truly heal from loss? AO3 Link: https://archiveofourown.org/works/43393869
From the diary of Nishikino Maki. 
Final Entry. Nishikino Maki
Dear Diary, I guess I won’t be needing you anymore. I suppose that’s what happens to all little girls right? I'm 15 and I should be over such girlish things. And yet I can’t get over my most girlish infatuation if I'm honest, diary. Nico Yazawa, She’s brutish, Short tempered, Annoying… And I'm in love with her. Life’s cruel like that huh? Ever since I first met we fought all the time, I had no patience for such an infuriating girl. And somehow through all that she latched onto me and never left. Our fights became more playful and I found myself so lonely without her. I never stop teasing and messing with her and somehow through all her annoyance I can't help but smile.
Anyway, onto the point of this entry. For all and any future friends or lovers of Nico Yazawa. I have elected to list five ways to effectively tame the beast that is Yazawa Nico-chan.
The club room was empty a lot recently and yet Nico always found herself there after school. It's my last day as a student. Why shouldn’t I take it to its fullest? She often thought to herself. And yet nothing felt colder and reminded her of the past more than an empty clubroom. Not even the flag Muse had won from ‘Love Live!’ could make it brighter. Especially not with Maki-chan missing from it…… The raven haired girl thought idly to herself. Her old computer whirred to life slowly as Nico browsed idly through the web. Idol websites, Muse new single rankings, Medical reports Maki wanted her to read, Recommendations from Hanayo. All of it blurred together as Nico felt as if she had browsed for hours. Checking the clock she sighed in discontent. 30 minutes?? Nico-Nii needs a better time killer… She mused to herself as her thoughts ran back to Maki, The red head would be yelling at Nico for wasting time and looking all mopey. It's not cute to be all sad! Get a grip Yazawa! Nico grabbed her phone and texted the Muse group chat. 
>Is anyone free?
Rule 1: Never let Nico isolate herself. Nico-chan has a tendency to isolate herself from the world when she gets in a mood. I’ve learned to find her favorite spots to sit and mope and you will want to as well. She’s going to be a pain and insist she just wants to be alone, But trust me she wants you there. PS. If she cries, head rubs are her favorite. Jeez, Such a child.
Nico would never admit how happy she was when the flood of her annoyingly loud friends came tumbling in. Honoka was ranting about how unfair Umi was being, Eli and Nozomi would barely look anywhere but eachothers eyes like normal, And Rin was dragging her Hanayo around like a toy. Geez, What a trainwreck. Maki would be so annoyed if she were here right now Nico thought as she let out a small chuckle. The girls took their seats as they would any normal day. 
“Good afternoon Nico-chan~” came a dulcet alto tone from Kotori, The most considerate of their group and obviously the first to realize Nico was waiting. “Did you want to discuss something?” She asked in a sweet way that made it impossible to ever really be annoyed with her.
“I bet Nicochi was just lonely~” It was easier to be annoyed by the voice from Nozomi. The bigger girl shot a wink at Nico that's just annoyed her to no end. But what really annoyed her was that she was entirely correct.
“As if! I just think it's pretty rude of you underclassmen to spend less time with your graduating class just because the year is almost over!” Nico insisted with as straight a face as she could make at the time. Keep going… you might convince yourself it's not just her you miss .
Rule 2: Keep it interesting for her. Nico-chan has this infuriating habit of acting as if she’s the only rational one in a group of crazy people. That is to say she will act like she’s always annoyed even if she really is enjoying herself. Don't shrink under her annoyance, Keep it going and even more than before.
The girls of Muse fell into their normal routines like no time had passed. Nico watched them all and let a soft smile creep onto her face. Even with all the liveliness in the room everyone felt the absence of Maki. Nico kept staring at the seat they left for her out of habit, Even if it had been a bit since she sat there. 
“A-Ahem. I did call you all here for a reason” Nico announced in a lull of conversation, anything to get herself out of her own head. She produced a little sack full of small boxes in them.
“Ooooo! Now I'm excited!” Honoka said, practically leaning over the table to see.
“As your senpai I felt… compelled to give you all something to remember me by” Nico said with a proud and smug grin on her face.
Rule 3: Gift giving is her secret guilty pleasure. Nico-chan loves gifts more than anyone knows, Receiving and giving. I think it's one of her cuter traits honestly. Honoka-chan always calls her a ‘Tsundere’. I never really knew what that was but it feels accurate. Anyway, The point is that if you see anything that reminds you of her. No matter how small it is, It will be huge to her
Nico walked gently across the street, Taking note of the sunset and the people walking all around her. They all looked so content with their lives. The stress of the day collapsed Nico on a park bench outside of her destination. She felt sicker than she ever had just thinking about it all. Maybe I should just leave for now… She thought to herself as the world spun around her.
A blonde blurry figure came into focus right next to her as the nausea subsided. “Nico-chan you look horrible… Are you sleeping at all?” An authoritative voice from one Eli Ayase said. The Russian leaned down to feel Nico’s head. “You don't have to do all this everyday for-” She began to speak before her comforting hand was swatted away.
“Don’t tell me what I have to do for her!” Nico said with a sudden burst of anger fueled energy. She wasn’t mad at Eli, She knew Eli had practically a mothers sense of when someone felt awful. “I can sleep later! But I only get this chance to see her!!” She yelled out as tears flew out from her eyes to the floor. In her anger the bag she carried dropped revealing to the blonde a series of books and a baked treat made special by Nico.
Eli didn't speak for a long moment, She reached down and grabbed the bag. She gently moved Nico and sat next to her. No words were spoken as Eli rested Nico on her shoulder and held her gently in a hug. She stayed as the rock Nico needed right now, Letting tears fall from the girl and stain her shirt.
“Maki-chan will like the cookies.” Eli said softly as she rubbed Nico’s head gently. “She always looks forward to your food.” The blonde added as if to encourage her to go inside. Of course she’d never blame Nico for not wanting to. After all, who ever wants to enter a hospital?
Rule 4: Let her cook for you. Nico-chan loves cooking more than anything in the world. It's something she picked up from looking after her siblings for so many years. If she cares for you at all she’ll insist upon cooking for you all the time. Thankfully she’s the best cook I've ever met. 
The Nishikino family hospital was a place Nico had been multiple times when her father was sick. She hated the place, The walls so clean you could see yourself in them, The floor so clean you could eat off them. This isn’t where someone goes to live. She thought bitterly to herself as she walked down its floors. The squeaks and beeps of the hospital ambience made her sick to even think about. Had this place not tortured Nico enough? 
“Why does she have to be here too?”
Rule 5: Keep her safe for me. I know my time is short, I should be mad that it's ending so soon. But all I can think about is her and how she’ll handle it all. I know she won't sleep well for a long time, She probably won't eat well either, SHe’ll bury herself in responsibilities. To whoever sees what I see in her next. Promise me she’ll be taken care of if I'm not here for her. Okay?
Nico walked in during a coughing fit from the redhead in front of her. She had just closed her diary and set it down on the table. Nico paused for a moment and watched her with tears welling in her eyes. No. Like I did with daddy, Be strong Nico-chan. Nico Nico Ni! She practically repeated on loop in her head. She put on her best smile as she walked into Maki’s hospital room. 
“Bad form Maki-chan, Not greeting your senpai” Nico said with a fake sense of sarcasm. Maki was always so beautiful to her and yet… She looked frail and broken now. It was worse everytime Nico saw her. In her nightmare Nico worried she’d forget what Maki was like, healthy and full of life.
“Hmph. And inflate your ego more?” Maki responded with a weak smile. She reached her hand out to grasp Nico’s. Nico obliged as she sat next to her bed, Putting on her bravest face for a dying girl. “Are you staying again? Are you sure that’s ok?” Maki shifted her tone to one of genuine worry.
“Hey… I asked you not to talk like that. Nico wants to stay for you” Nico squeezed her hand softly feeling how cold it was that brought her nightmares at night. Try as she did, Nico knew she’d never warm that hand up again.
“...Forever?” Maki asked like a scared little girl wanting comfort, It broke Nico’s heart. The pigtailed girl leaned over and softly kissed Maki on the cheek. As cold as it was Nico still treasured every kiss she could get. Any chance to remember how Maki felt at all.
“Of course. It’s you and me forever princess”
In conclusion, Nico-chan is the best thing that ever happened to me. I can go peacefully believing that one day she will be ok without me. So to whoever is seeing this. Take care of my Nico. Please.
- Nishikino Maki
3 notes · View notes
ichika27 · 2 years
Text
Mairimashita! Iruma-kun s3 ep1
Tumblr media
It’s been a while! I can’t believe we’re in season 3 now. I haven’t blogged about this show in a while hehe. As usual, the class looks badass on the OP. The OP this time isn’t super fun and catchy but feels more similar to other shounen series that are kind of serious, I guess.
Tumblr media
The gang is back!! It's a new school semester, too. Iruma goes to school saying about how he's human and it should be kept a secret so he shouldn't stand out. Unfortunately, due to all of the events from last season, he and the rest of his class are in the spotlight. They're now regarded as heroes due to their actions at Walter Park.
Iruma and his friends had trouble getting to class cause all of the other students around are crowding them. They’re not the only ones troubled as Ameri is off to one side and is unable to get close to Iruma.
Tumblr media
His classmates however are a-ok with all this.
They're basking in the spotlight and are enjoying the attention. This doesn't mean school would be lenient for them as they found out from Kalego-sensei who reminds them there will be lots of events this time to prepare for. Rank Promotion Test at the end included.
Tumblr media
Well, at least, for the regular students that's the plan.
For the Abnormal Class studying in the Royal One Classroom, things would be different. Their entire class have to get to Rank Dalet (4) before they reach second year. This would be difficult as they're first years and usually Rank Dalet is required of graduates at least. If they don't reach it though, they'd lose their nice classroom.
This causes a panic among the students as they don't think they can reach Rank Dalet in time but they also don't want to lose their classroom.
Tumblr media
Kalego-sensei tells them that there's a way - after all, he won't give them an impossible task. The school has prepared special instructors for the Abnormal Class to ensure they'd have a chance of reaching their goal with Kalego-sensei supervising the entire thing.
Each teacher would be taking care of specific students:
Sergeant Furfur (the red one) would be in charge of Jazz and Allocer.
Vepar (the water type one) would have Goemon and Agares.
Raim-sensei would have Elizabetta and Clara (they’re okay with this).
Mr. Hat with Kerori and Camui.
Balam-sensei would have Asmodeus and Sabnock (they're one of the only pair excited about the arrangement).
and lastly Robin-sensei is in charge of Iruma and Lied (they've lost hope lol).
Tumblr media
The announcement made the group too distracted in their other classes. The special instructors are excited though and were the ones to get the kids after those regular school stuff are over.
Iruma, Clara, and Azz say their goodbyes for the day and say that once this is all over, they'd have become better than what they are now. With that, the teachers take their designated students elsewhere to train. The instructors are all serious about this and they plan to make their students the best.
Tumblr media
While all of the other trainings are tough, Robin-sensei's plan is to raise Iruma and Lied's fighting spirits. That's it.
The two think they're totally screwed.
Tumblr media
Elsewhere, Ameri is upset. While she's happy about Iruma's accomplishments being acknowledged, she can't help but feel bad that she can't hang out with Iruma as much anymore.
She cheers up upon getting a text from him although kind of sad again when it's just an update to tell her he'd be too busy to read her manga but she still wishes him luck.
Tumblr media
New character alert! Her name is Bachiko.
Robin-sensei didn't want to do this alone and so he asks the help of his relative to train the boys. Once they get to the classroom, she hits Robin pretty hard as they took too long to get there. She tells them she's only here cause Sullivan asked her to and that she doesn't really want to help train them or anything.
Iruma and Lied begs her to stay and help them cause Robin-sensei might not help much on his own. She understands and says she would help them but they have to treat her as their master.
Tumblr media
This would include carrying her around anywhere she wants to, buying her stuff, and generally being her errand boys.
Tumblr media
She even had them vandalize part of the school which got them in trouble but she isn't satisfied yet. She wanted more cute stuff and so the boys had to be cute themselves!
Meet Iruminatie and Leandy! They're still serving her but in a dress. They don’t know why they’re doing this but Bachiko is having a lot of fun.
---
It’s been a while. This is the start of the new season so I guess that’s why nothing much has happened (I didn’t have to take a lot of screenshots yet) but I’m sure the later episodes would be more exciting.
First of all, Lied really cause my attention this episode as there’s something different about him. I couldn’t put my finger on it at first but every time I saw him on screen, I just have this feeling that something is weird. Looked at screenshots of him from past seasons and I think I kinda see it: he usually had his eyes closed then but now they’re open most of the time (much like how Agares now shows his eyes more often after the reveal last season), His eyes look bigger, I think, and I think his hair got a bit long, too.
Anyways, with everyone grouped into teams of two + a teacher, I guess this season would also show off more of Iruma’s classmates. It’s nice as there’s so many characters and they do need more spotlight on them. Some of the teachers like Raim-sensei and Balam-sensei had been given a lot of screen time before but the others haven’t and would be regulars now.
Clara and Elizabetta’s teacher made sense as they both have wanted to learn that before. Azz and Sabnock too who are excited for the challenge - they’re more rivals now that Iruma and Sabnock were as well.
On the other hand, not sure how this worked but did these instructors volunteer for this or were they picked? If it’s the latter, who chose them? Cause why is Robin-sensei here? He doesn’t seem to be the type that has anything to offer when it comes to something like this specifically.
Also, did the instructors themselves choose their students or were they just given two to accept? Cause like... if Kalego-sensei was the one to choose, was putting Iruma and Lied under Robin-sensei a good idea or was it a joke?
Okay, I thought at first that maybe Robin-sensei does have what it takes underneath his silly and happy self that we’d see later but then they introduced a new character hinted to become Iruma and Lied’s actual instructor-to-be + she was called by Sullivan himself. Storywise, they wouldn’t need a new character if Robin-sensei would become a good instructor.
That said, it seems Robin-sensei’s whole “increase fighting spirit” is an important thing as Bachiko herself comments that the boys lacked it. Must be a family thing.
Not entirely sure of how things will go from here as, at the moment, Bachiko is just having fun messing with the kids. Crossdressing Iruma returns and this time with a crossdressing Lied! Lied looks cute in the outfit but while Iruma does look “cute”, it’s not as cute as the Irumi persona. Also, giving him the name “Iruminatie” is certainly a choice lol.
Well, I guess I’ll just find out more later when I see the next episode.
5 notes · View notes